Home
  By Author [ A  B  C  D  E  F  G  H  I  J  K  L  M  N  O  P  Q  R  S  T  U  V  W  X  Y  Z |  Other Symbols ]
  By Title [ A  B  C  D  E  F  G  H  I  J  K  L  M  N  O  P  Q  R  S  T  U  V  W  X  Y  Z |  Other Symbols ]
  By Language
all Classics books content using ISYS

Download this book: [ ASCII | HTML | PDF ]

Look for this book on Amazon


We have new books nearly every day.
If you would like a news letter once a week or once a month
fill out this form and we will give you a summary of the books for that week or month by email.

Title: Every Man for Himself
Author: Duncan, Norman, 1871-1916
Language: English
As this book started as an ASCII text book there are no pictures available.
Copyright Status: Not copyrighted in the United States. If you live elsewhere check the laws of your country before downloading this ebook. See comments about copyright issues at end of book.

*** Start of this Doctrine Publishing Corporation Digital Book "Every Man for Himself" ***

This book is indexed by ISYS Web Indexing system to allow the reader find any word or number within the document.



[Illustration: SHE WAS PROMISED TO SLOW JIM TOOL]



                               EVERY MAN
                                  FOR
                                HIMSELF

                                   BY
                             NORMAN DUNCAN

                               AUTHOR OF
                  “THE CRUISE OF THE _SHINING LIGHT_”
                    “DOCTOR LUKE OF THE _LABRADOR_”
                                ETC. ETC

                          NEW YORK AND LONDON
                      HARPER & BROTHERS PUBLISHERS
                                MCMVIII



            Copyright, 1906,1907,1908, by Harper & Brothers.
          Copyright, 1906, by Houghton, Mifflin, and Company.
                Copyright, 1905, by The Outlook Company.
                  Copyright, 1907, by The Century Co.

                         _All rights reserved_
                       Published September, 1908.



                                CONTENTS

          CHAPTER                                          PAGE
               I. The Wayfarer                                1
              II. A Matter of Expediency                     40
             III. The Minstrel                               66
              IV. The Squall                                 98
               V. The Fool of Skeleton Tickle               132
              VI. A Comedy of Candlestick Cove              149
             VII. “By-an’-by” Brown of Blunder Cove         182
            VIII. They Who Lose at Love                     208
              IX. The Revolution at Satan’s Trap            231
               X. The Surplus                               273



                             ILLUSTRATIONS

  SHE WAS PROMISED TO SLOW JIM TOOL.                     Frontispiece
  “I SEED THE SHAPE OF A MAN LEAP FOR MY PLACE”                    62
  THE DARK, SMILING SALIM, WITH HIS MAGIC PACK, WAS WELCOME        88
  “YOU KEEP YOUR TONGUE OFF POOR LIZABETH”                        112
  “YOU WAS FIXED ALL RIGHT?” PARSON JAUNT ASKED                   178
  “OL’ BILL HULK CRAWLIN’ DOWN THE HILL T’ MEETIN’”               276



EVERY MAN FOR HIMSELF



I—THE WAYFARER


The harbor lights were out; all the world of sea and sky and barren rock
was black. It was Saturday—long after night, the first snow flying in
the dark. Half a gale from the north ran whimpering through the rigging,
by turns wrathful and plaintive—a restless wind: it would not leave the
night at ease. The trader _Good Samaritan_ lay at anchor in Poor Man’s
Harbor on the Newfoundland coast: this on her last voyage of that season
for the shore fish. We had given the schooner her Saturday night bath;
she was white and trim in every part: the fish stowed, the decks
swabbed, the litter of goods in the cabin restored to the hooks and
shelves. The crew was in the forecastle—a lolling, snoozy lot, now
desperately yawning for lack of diversion. Tumm, the clerk, had survived
the moods of brooding and light irony, and was still wide awake, musing
quietly in the seclusion of a cloud of tobacco smoke. By all the signs,
the inevitable was at hand; and presently, as we had foreseen, the
pregnant silence fell.

                   *       *       *       *       *

With one blast—a swishing exhalation breaking from the depths of his
gigantic chest, in its passage fluttering his unkempt mustache—Tumm
dissipated the enveloping cloud; and having thus emerged from seclusion
he moved his glance from eye to eye until the crew sat in uneasy
expectancy.

“If a lad’s mother tells un he’ve got a soul,” he began, “it don’t do no
wonderful harm; but if a man finds it out for hisself—”

The pause was for effect; so, too, the pointed finger, the lifted
nostrils, the deep, inclusive glance.

“—it plays the devil!”

The ship’s boy, a cadaverous, pasty, red-eyed, drooping-jawed youngster
from the Cove o’ First Cousins, gasped in a painful way. He came closer
to the forecastle table—a fascinated rabbit.

“Billy Ill,” said Tumm, “you better turn in.”

“I isn’t sleepy, sir.”

“I ’low you better _had_,” Tumm warned. “It ain’t fit for such as you t’
hear.”

The boy’s voice dropped to an awed whisper. “I wants t’ hear,” he said.

“Hear?”

“Ay, sir. I wants t’ hear about souls—an’ the devil.”

Tumm sighed. “Ah, well, lad,” said he, “I ’low you was born t’ be
troubled by fears. God help us all!”

We waited.

                   *       *       *       *       *

“He come,” Tumm began, “from Jug Cove—bein’,” he added, indulgently,
after a significant pause, “born there—an’ that by sheer ill luck of a
windy night in the fall o’ the year, when the ol’ woman o’ Tart Harbor,
which used t’ be handy thereabouts, was workin’ double watches at Whale
Run t’ save the life of a trader’s wife o’ the name o’ Tiddle. I ’low,”
he continued, “that ’tis the only excuse a man _could_ have for hailin’
from Jug Cove; for,” he elucidated, “’tis a mean place t’ the westward
o’ Fog Island, a bit below the Black Gravestones, where the _Soldier o’
the Cross_ was picked up by Satan’s Tail in the nor’easter o’ last fall.
You opens the Cove when you rounds Greedy Head o’ the Henan’-Chickens
an’ lays a course for Gentleman Tickle t’ other side o’ the Bay. ’Tis
there that Jug Cove lies; an’ whatever,” he proceeded, being now well
under way, with all sail drawing in a snoring breeze, “’tis where the
poor devil had the ill luck t’ hail from. We was drove there in the
_Quick as Wink_ in the southerly gale o’ the Year o’ the Big Shore
Catch; an’ we lied three dirty days in the lee o’ the Pillar o’ Cloud,
waitin’ for civil weather; for we was fished t’ the scrupper-holes, an’
had no heart t’ shake hands with the sea that was runnin’. ’Tis a mean
place t’ be wind-bound—this Jug Cove: tight an’ dismal as chokee, with
walls o’ black rock, an’ as nasty a front yard o’ sea as ever I knowed.

“‘Ecod!’ thinks I, ‘I’ll just take a run ashore t’ see how bad a mess
really _was_ made o’ Jug Cove.’

“Which bein’ done, I crossed courses for the first time with Abraham
Botch—Botch by name, an’ botch, accordin’ t’ my poor lights, by nature:
Abraham Botch, God help un! o’ Jug Cove. ’Twas a foggy day—a cold, wet
time: ecod! the day felt like the corpse of a drowned cook. The moss was
soggy; the cliffs an’ rocks was all a-drip; the spruce was soaked t’ the
skin—the earth all wettish an’ sticky an’ cold. The southerly gale
ramped over the sea; an’ the sea got so mad at the wind that it fair
frothed at the mouth. I ’low the sea was tired o’ foolin’, an’ wanted t’
go t’ sleep; but the wind kep’ teasin’ it—kep’ slappin’ an’ pokin’ an’
pushin’—till the sea couldn’t stand it no more, an’ just got mad. Off
shore, in the front yard o’ Jug Cove, ’twas all white with breakin’
rocks—as dirty a sea for fishin’ punts as a man could sail in
nightmares. From the Pillar o’ Cloud I could see, down below, the
seventeen houses o’ Jug Cove, an’ the sweet little _Quick as Wink_; the
water was black, an’ the hills was black, but the ship an’ the mean
little houses was gray in the mist. T’ sea they was nothin’—just fog an’
breakers an’ black waves. T’ land-ward, likewise—black hills in the
mist. A dirty sea an’ a lean shore!

“‘Tumm,’ thinks I, ‘’tis more by luck than good conduct that you wasn’t
born here. You’d thank God, Tumm,’ thinks I, ‘if you didn’t feel so
dismal scurvy about bein’ the Teacher’s pet.’

“An’ then—

“‘Good-even,’ says Abraham Botch.

“There he lied—on the blue, spongy caribou-moss, at the edge o’ the
cliff, with the black-an’—white sea below, an’ the mist in the sky an’
on the hills t’ leeward. Ecod! but he was lean an’ ragged: this fellow
sprawlin’ there, with his face t’ the sky an’ his legs an’ leaky boots
scattered over the moss. Skinny legs he had, an’ a chest as thin as
paper; but aloft he carried more sail ’n the law allows—sky-scraper,
star-gazer, an’, ay! even the curse-o’-God-over-all. That was
Botch—mostly head, an’ a sight more forehead than face, God help un!
He’d a long, girlish face, a bit thin at the cheeks an’ skimped at the
chin; an’ they wasn’t beard enough anywheres t’ start a bird’s nest. Ah,
but the eyes o’ that botch! Them round, deep eyes, with the still waters
an’ clean shores! I ’low I can’t tell you no more—but only this: that
they was somehow like the sea, blue an’ deep an’ full o’ change an’
sadness. Ay, there lied Botch in the fog-drip—poor Botch o’ Jug Cove:
eyes in his head; his dirty, lean body clothed in patched moleskin an’
rotten leather.

“An’—

“‘Good-even, yourself,’ says I.

“‘My name’s Botch,’ says he. ‘Isn’t you from the _Quick as Wink_?’

“‘I is,’ says I; ’an’ they calls me Tumm.’

“‘That’s a very queer name,’ says he.

“‘Oh no!’ says I. ‘They isn’t nothin’ queer about the name o’ Tumm.’

“He laughed a bit—an’ rubbed his feet together: just like a tickled
youngster. ‘Ay,’ says he; ‘that’s a wonderful queer name. Hark!’ says
he. ‘You just listen, an’ I’ll _show_ you. Tumm,’ says he, ‘Tumm, Tumm,
Tumm.... Tumm, Tumm, Tumm.... Tumm—’

“‘Don’t,’ says I, for it give me the fidgets. ‘Don’t say it so often.’

“‘Why not?’ says he.

“‘I don’t like it,” says I.

“‘Tumm,’ says he, with a little cackle, ‘Tumm, Tumm, Tumm—’

“‘Don’t you do that no more,’ says I. ‘I won’t have it. When you says it
that way, I ’low I don’t know whether my name is Tumm or Tump. ’Tis a
very queer name. I wisht,’ says I, ‘that I’d been called Smith.’

“‘’Twouldn’t make no difference,’ says he. ‘All names is queer if you
stops t’ think. Every word you ever spoke is queer. Everything is queer.
It’s _all_ queer—once you stops t’ think about it.’

“‘Then I don’t think I’ll stop,’ says I, ‘for I don’t _like_ things t’
be queer.’

“Then Botch had a little spell o’ thinkin’.”

Tumm leaned over the forecastle table.

“Now,” said he, forefinger lifted, “accordin’ t’ my lights, it ain’t
nice t’ see _any_ man thinkin’: for a real man ain’t got no call t’
think, an’ can’t afford the time on the coast o’ Newf’un’land, where
they’s too much fog an’ wind an’ rock t’ ’low it. For me, I’d rather see
a man in a ’leptic fit: for fits is more or less natural an’ can’t be
helped. But Botch! When Botch _thunk_—when he got hard at it—’twould
give you the shivers. He sort o’drawed away—got into nothin’. They
wasn’t no sea nor shore for Botch no more; they wasn’t no earth, no
heavens. He got rid o’all that, as though it hindered the work he was
at, an’ didn’t matter anyhow. They wasn’t nothin’ left o’things but
botch—an’ the nothin’ about un. Botch _in_ nothin’. Accordin’ t’ my
lights, ’tis a sinful thing t’do; an’ when I first seed Botch at it, I
’lowed he was lackin’ in religious opinions. ’Twas just as if his soul
had pulled down the blinds, an’ locked the front door, an’ gone out for
a walk, without leavin’ word when ’twould be home. An’, accordin’ t’ my
lights, it ain’t right, nor wise, for a man’s soul t’ do no such thing.
A man’s soul ’ain’t got no common-sense; it ’ain’t got no caution, no
manners, no nothin’ that it needs in a wicked world like this. When it
gets loose, ’t is liable t’ wander far, an’ get lost, an’ miss its
supper. Accordin’ t’ my lights, it ought t’ be kep’ in, an’ fed an’
washed regular, an’ put t’ bed at nine o’clock. But Botch! well, there
lied his body in the wet, like an unloved child, while his soul went
cavortin’ over the Milky Way.

“He come to all of a sudden. ‘Tumm,’ says he, ‘you is.’

“‘Ay,’ says I, ‘Tumm I is. ’Tis the name I was born with.’

“‘You don’t find me,’ says he. ‘I says you _is_.’

“‘Is what?’

“‘Just—_is_!’

“With that, I took un. ’Twas all t’ oncet. He was tellin’ me that I
_was_. Well, I _is_. Damme! ’twasn’t anything I didn’t _know_ if I’d
stopped t’ think. But they wasn’t nobody ever called my notice to it
afore, an’ I’d been too busy about the fish t’ mind it. So I was sort
o’—s’prised. It don’t matter, look you! t’ _be_; but ’tis mixin’ t’ the
mind an’ fearsome t’ stop t’ _think_ about it. An’ it come t’ me all t’
oncet; an’ I was s’prised, an’ I was scared.

“‘Now, Tumm,’ says he, with his finger p’intin’, ‘where was you?’

“‘Fishin’ off the Shark’s Fin,’ says I. ‘We just come up loaded, an’—’

“‘You don’t find me,’ says he. ‘I says, where was you afore you was is?’

“‘Is you gone mad?’ says I.

“‘Not at all, Tumm,’ says he. ‘Not at all! ’Tis a plain question. You
_is_, isn’t you? Well, then, you must have been _was_. Now, then, Tumm,
where _was_ you?’

“‘Afore I was born?’

“‘Ay—afore you was is.’

“‘God knows!’ says I. ‘I ’low _I_ don’t. An’ look you, Botch,’ says I,
‘this talk ain’t right. You isn’t a infidel, is you?’

“‘Oh no!’ says he.

“‘Then,’ says I, for I was mad, ‘where in hell did you think up all this
ghostly tomfoolery?’

“‘On the grounds,’ says he.

“‘On the grounds?’ Lads,” said Tumm to the crew, his voice falling,
“_you_ knows what that means, doesn’t you?”

                   *       *       *       *       *

The Jug Cove fishing-grounds lie off Breakheart Head. They are beset
with peril and all the mysteries of the earth. They are fished from
little punts, which the men of Jug Cove cleverly make with their own
hands, every man his own punt, having been taught to this by their
fathers, who learned of the fathers before them, out of the knowledge
which ancient contention with the wiles of the wind and of the sea had
disclosed. The timber is from the wilderness, taken at leisure; the iron
and hemp are from the far-off southern world, which is to the men of the
place like a grandmother’s tale, loved and incredible. Off the Head the
sea is spread with rock and shallow. It is a sea of wondrously changing
colors—blue, red as blood, gray, black with the night. It is a sea of
changing moods: of swift, unprovoked wrath; of unsought and surprising
gentlenesses. It is not to be understood. There is no mastery of it to
be won. It gives no accounting to men. It has no feeling. The shore is
bare and stolid. Black cliffs rise from the water; they are forever
white at the base with the fret of the sea. Inland, the blue-black hills
lift their heads; they are unknown to the folk—hills of fear, remote and
cruel. Seaward, fogs and winds are bred; the misty distances are vast
and mysterious, wherein are the great cliffs of the world’s edge. Winds
and fogs and ice are loose and passionate upon the waters. Overhead is
the high, wide sky, its appalling immensity revealed from the rim to the
rim. Clouds, white and black, crimson and gold, fluffy, torn to shreds,
wing restlessly from nowhere to nowhere. It is a vast, silent, restless
place. At night its infinite spaces are alight with the dread marvel of
stars. The universe is voiceless and indifferent. It has no purpose—save
to follow its inscrutable will. Sea and wind are aimless. The land is
dumb, self-centred; it has neither message nor care for its children.
And from dawn to dark the punts of Jug Cove float in the midst of these
terrors.

                   *       *       *       *       *

“Eh?” Tumm resumed. “_You_ knows what it is, lads. ’Tis bad enough t’
think in company, when a man can peep into a human eye an’ steady his
old hulk; but t’ think alone—an’ at the fishin’! I ’low Botch ought to
have knowed better; for they’s too many men gone t’ the mad-house t’ St.
John’s already from this here coast along o’ thinkin’. But Botch thinked
at will. ‘Tumm,’ says he, ‘I done a power o’ thinkin’ in my life—out
there on the grounds, between Breakheart Head an’ the Tombstone, that
breakin’ rock t’ the east’ard. I’ve thunk o’ wind an’ sea, o’ sky an’
soil, o’ tears an’ laughter an’ crooked backs, o’ love an’ death, rags
an’ robbery, of all the things of earth an’ in the hearts o’ men; an’ I
don’t know nothin’! My God! after all, I don’t know nothin’! The more
I’ve thunk, the less I’ve knowed. ’Tis all come down t’ this, now, Tumm:
that I _is_. An’ if I _is_, I _was_ an’ _will be_. But sometimes I
misdoubt the _was_; an’ if I loses my grip on the _was_, Tumm, my God!
what’ll become o’ the _will be_? Can you tell me that, Tumm? Is I got t’
come down t’ the _is_? Can’t I build nothin’ on that? Can’t I go no
further than the _is_? An’ will I lose even that? Is I got t’ come down
t’ knowin’ nothin’ at all?’

“‘Look you! Botch,’ says I, ‘don’t you know the price o’ fish?’

“‘No,’ says he. ‘But it ain’t nothin’ t’ know. It ain’t worth knowin’.
It—it—it don’t matter!’

“‘I ’low,’ says I, ‘your wife don’t think likewise. You got a wife,
isn’t you?’

“‘Ay,’ says he.

“‘An’ a kid?’

“‘I don’t know,’ says he.

“‘You _what_!’ says I.

“‘I don’t know,’ says he. ‘She was engaged at it when I come up on the
Head. They was a lot o’ women in the house, an’ a wonderful lot o’ fuss
an’ muss. You’d be _s’prised_, Tumm,’ says he, ’t’ know how much fuss a
thing like this can _make_. So,’ says he, ‘I ’lowed I’d come up on the
Pillar o’ Cloud an’ think a spell in peace.’

“‘An’ what?’ says I.

“‘Have a little spurt at thinkin’.’

“‘O’ she?’

“‘Oh no, Tumm,’ says he; ‘_that_ ain’t nothin’ t’ _think_ about. But,’
says he, ‘I s’pose I might as well go down now, an’ see what’s happened.
I hopes ’tis a boy,’ says he, ‘for somehow girls don’t seem t’ have much
show.’

“An’ with that,” drawled Tumm, “down the Pillar o’ Cloud goes Abraham
Botch.”

He paused to laugh; and ’twas a soft, sad little laugh—dwelling upon
things long past.

“An’ by-and-by,” he continued, “I took the goat-path t’ the water-side;
an’ I went aboard the _Quick as Wink_ in a fog o’ dreams an’ questions.
The crew was weighin’ anchor, then; an’ ’twas good for the soul t’ feel
the deck-planks underfoot, an’ t’ hear the clank o’ solid iron, an’ t’
join the work-song o’ men that had muscles an’ bowels. ‘Skipper Zeb,’
says I, when we had the old craft coaxed out o’ the Tickle, ‘leave me
have a spell at the wheel. For the love o’ man,’ says I, ‘let me get a
grip of it! I wants t’ get hold o’ something with my hands—something
real an’ solid; something I knows about; something that _means_
something!’ For all this talk o’ the _is_ an’ _was_, an’ all these
thoughts o’ the _why_, an’ all the crybaby ‘My Gods!’ o’ Abraham Botch,
an’ the mystery o’ the wee new soul, had made me dizzy in the head an’ a
bit sick at the stomach. So I took the wheel, an’ felt the leap an’
quiver o’ the ship, an’ got my eye screwed on the old Giant’s Thumb,
loomin’ out o’ the east’ard fog, an’ kep’ her wilful head up, an’
wheedled her along in the white tumble, with the spray o’ the sea cool
an’ wet on my face; an’ I was better t’ oncet. The Boilin’-Pot Shallows
was dead ahead; below the fog I could see the manes o’ the big white
horses flung t’ the gale. An’ I ’lowed that oncet I got the _Quick as
Wink_ in them waters, deep with fish as she was, I’d have enough of a
real man’s troubles t’ sink the woes o’ the soul out o’ all remembrance.

“‘I won’t care a squid,’ thinks I, ‘for the _why_ nor the _wherefore_ o’
nothin’!’

“‘N neither I did.”

The skipper of the _Good Samaritan_ yawned. “Isn’t they nothin’ about
fish in this here yarn?” he asked.

“Nor tradin’,” snapped Tumm.

“Nothin’ about love?”

“Botch never _knowed_ about love.”

“If you’ll ’scuse me,” said the skipper, “I’ll turn in. I got enough.”

But the clammy, red-eyed lad from the Cove o’ First Cousins hitched
closer to the table, and put his chin in his hands. He was now in a
shower of yellow light from the forecastle lamp. His nostrils were
working; his eyes were wide and restless and hot. He had bitten at a
chapped underlip until the blood came.

“About that _will be_” he whispered, timidly. “Did Botch never
say—_where_?”

“You better turn in,” Tumm answered.

“But I wants t’ know!”

Tumm averted his face. “Ill,” he commanded, quietly, “you better turn
in.”

The boy was obedient.

“In March, ’long about two year after,” Tumm resumed, “I shipped for the
ice aboard the _Neptune_. We got a scattered swile [seal] off the Horse
Islands; but ol’ Cap’n Lane ’lowed the killin’ was so mean that he’d
move t’ sea an’ come up with the ice on the outside, for the wind had
been in the nor’west for a likely spell. We cotched the body o’ ice t’
the nor’east o’ the Funks; an’ the swiles was sure there—hoods an’ harps
an’ whitecoats an’ all. They was three St. John’s steamers there, an’
they’d been killin’ for a day an’ a half; so the ol’ man turned our crew
loose on the ice without waitin’ t’ wink, though ’twas afternoon, with a
wicked gray look t’ the sky in the west, which was where the wind was
jumpin’ from. An’ we had a red time—ay, now, believe me: a soppy red
time of it among the swiles that day! They was men from Green Bay, an’
Bonavist’, an’ the Exploits, an’ the South Coast, an’ a swarm o’ Irish
from St. John’s; they was so many men on the pack, ecod! that you
couldn’t call their names. An’ we killed an’ sculped till dusk. An’ then
the weather broke with snow; an’ afore we knowed it we was lost from the
ships in the cloud an’ wind—three hundred men, ecod! smothered an’
blinded by snow: howlin’ for salvation like souls in a frozen hell.

“‘Tumm,’ thinks I, ‘you better get aboard o’ something the sea won’t
break over. This pack,’ thinks I, ‘will certain go abroad when the big
wind gets at it.”

“So I got aboard a bit of a berg; an’ when I found the lee side I sot
down in the dark an’ thunk hard about different things—sunshine an’
supper an’ the like o’ that; for they wasn’t no use thinkin’ about what
was goin’ for’ard on the pack near by. An’ there, on the side o’ the
little berg, sits I till mornin’; an’ in the mornin’, out o’ the
blizzard t’ win’ward, along comes Abraham Botch o’ Jug Cove, marooned on
a flat pan o’ ice. ’Twas comin’ down the wind—clippin’ it toward my
overgrown lump of a craft like a racin’ yacht. When I sighted Botch,
roundin’ a point o’ the berg, I ’lowed I’d have no more’n twenty minutes
t’ yarn with un afore he was out o’ hail an’ sight in the snow t’
leeward. He was squatted on his haunches, with his chin on his knees,
white with thin ice, an’ fringed an’ decked with icicles; an’ it ’peared
t’ me, from the way he was took up with the nothin’ about un, that he
was still thinkin’. The pack was gone abroad, then—scattered t’ the four
winds: they wasn’t another pan t’ be seed on the black water. An’ the
sea was runnin’ high—a fussy wind-lop over a swell that broke in big
whitecaps, which went swishin’ away with the wind. A scattered sea broke
over Botch’s pan; ’twould fall aboard, an’ break, an’ curl past un,
risin’ to his waist. But the poor devil didn’t seem t’ take much notice.
He’d shake the water off, an’ cough it out of his throat; an’ then he’d
go on takin’ observations in the nothin’ dead ahead.

“‘Ahoy, Botch!’ sings I.

“He knowed me t’ oncet. ‘Tumm!’ he sings out. ‘Well, well! That _you_?’

“‘The same,’ says I. ‘You got a bad berth there, Botch. I wish you was
aboard the berg with me.’

“‘Oh,’ says he, ‘the pan’ll _do_. I gets a bit choked with spray when I
opens my mouth; but they isn’t no good reason why I shouldn’t keep it
shut. A man ought t’ breathe through his nose, anyhow. That’s what it’s
_for_.’

“’Twas a bad day—a late dawn in a hellish temper. They wasn’t much of it
t’ see—just a space o’ troubled water, an’ the big unfeelin’’ cloud.
An’, God! how cold it was! The wind was thick with dry snow, an’ it come
whirlin’’ out o’ the west as if it wanted t’ do damage, an’ meant t’
have its way. ’Twould grab the crests o’ the seas an’ fling un off like
handfuls o’ white dust. An’ in the midst o’ this was poor Botch o’ Jug
Cove!

“‘This wind,’ says I, ‘will work up a wonderful big sea, Botch. You’ll
be swep’ off afore nightfall.’

“‘No,’ says he; ‘for by good luck, Tumm, I’m froze tight t’ the pan.’

“‘But the seas’ll drown you.’

“‘I don’t know,’ says he. ‘I keeps breakin’ the ice ’round my neck,’
says he, ‘an’ if I can on’y keep my neck clear an’ limber I’ll be able
t’ duck most o’ the big seas.’

“It wasn’t nice t’ see the gentle wretch squattin’ there on his
haunches. It made me feel bad. I wisht he was home t’ Jug Cove thinkin’
of his soul.

“‘Botch,’ says I, ‘I _wisht_ you was somewheres else!’

“‘Now, don’t you trouble about that, Tumm,’ says he. ‘Please don’t! The
ice is all on the outside. I’m perfeckly comfortable inside.’

“He took it all so gracious that somehow or other I begun t’ forget that
he was froze t’ the pan an’ bound out t’ sea. He was ’longside, now; an’
I seed un smile. So I sort o’ got his feelin’; an’ I didn’t fret for un
no more.

“‘An’, Tumm,’ says he, ‘I’ve had a wonderful grand night. I’ll never
forget it so long as I lives.’

“‘A what?’ says I. ‘Wasn’t you cold?’

“‘I—I—I don’t know,’ says he, puzzled. ‘I was too busy t’ notice much.’

“‘Isn’t you hungry?’

“‘Why, Tumm,’ says he, in s’prise, ‘I believes I is, now that you
mentions it. I believes I’d _like_ a biscuit.’

“‘I wisht I had one t’ shy,’ says I.

“‘Don’t you be troubled,’ says he. ‘My arms is stuck. I couldn’t cotch
it, anyhow.’

“‘Anyhow,’ says I, ‘I wisht I had one.’

“‘A grand night!’ says he. ‘For I got a idea, Tumm. They wasn’t nothin’
t’ disturb me all night long. I been all alone—an’ I been quiet. An’ I
got a idea. I’ve gone an’ found out, Tumm,’ says he, ‘a law o’ life!
Look you! Tumm,’ says he, ‘what you aboard that berg for? ’Tis because
you had sense enough t’ get there. An’ why isn’t I aboard that berg?
’Tis because I didn’t have none o’ the on’y kind o’ sense that was
needed in the mess last night. You’ll be picked up by the fleet,’ says
he, ‘when the weather clears; an’ I’m bound out t’ sea on a speck o’
flat ice. This coast ain’t kind,’ says he. ‘No coast is kind. Men lives
because they’re able for it; not because they’re coaxed to. An’ the on’y
kind o’ men this coast lets live an’ breed is the kind she wants. The
kind o’ men this coast puts up with ain’t weak, an’ they ain’t timid,
an’ they don’t think. Them kind dies—just the way I ’low _I_ got t’ die.
They don’t live, Tumm, an’ they don’t breed.’

“‘What about you?’ says I.

“‘About me?’ says he.

“‘Ay—that day on the Pillar o’ Cloud.’

“‘Oh!’ says he. ‘You mean about _she_. Well, it didn’t come t’ nothin’,
Tumm. The women folk wasn’t able t’ find me, an’ they didn’t know which
I wanted sove, the mother or the child; so, somehow or other, both went
an’ died afore I got there. But that isn’t got nothin’ t’ do with
_this_.’

“He was drifted a few fathoms past. Just then a big sea fell atop of un.
He ducked real skilful, an’ come out of it smilin’, if sputterin’.

“‘Now, Tumm,’ says he, ‘if we was t’ the s’uth’ard, where they says ’tis
warm an’ different, an’ lives isn’t lived the same, maybe you’d be on
the pan o’ ice, an’ I’d be aboard the berg; maybe you’d be like t’
starve, an’ I’d get so much as forty cents a day the year round. They’s
a great waste in life,’ says he; ‘I don’t know why, but there ’tis. An’
I ’low I’m gone t’ waste on this here coast. I been born out o’ place,
that’s all. But they’s a place somewheres for such as me—somewheres for
the likes o’ me. T’ the s’uth’ard, now, maybe, they’d _be_ a place; t’
the s’uth’ard, maybe, the folk would want t’ know about the things I
thinks out—ay, maybe they’d even _pay_ for the labor I’m put to! But
_here_, you lives, an’ I dies. Don’t you see, Tumm? ’Tis the law! ’Tis
why a Newf’un’lander ain’t a nigger. More’n that, ’tis why a dog’s a dog
on land an’ a swile in the water; ’tis why a dog haves legs an’ a swile
haves flippers. Don’t you see? ’Tis the law!’

“‘I don’t quite find you,’ says I.

“Poor Botch shook his head. ‘They isn’t enough words in langwitch,’ says
he, ‘t’ ’splain things. Men ought t’ get t’ work an’ make more.’

“‘But tell me,’ says I.

“Then, by Botch’s regular ill luck, under he went, an’ it took un quite
a spell t’ cough his voice into workin’ order.

“‘Excuse me,’ says he. ‘I’m sorry. It come too suddent t’ be ducked.’

“‘Sure!’ says I. ‘_I_ don’t mind.’

“‘Tumm,’ says he, ‘it all comes down t’ this: _The thing that lives is
the kind o’ thing that’s best fit t’ live in the place it lives in_.
That’s a law o’ life! An’ nobody but _me_, Tumm,’ says he, ‘ever knowed
it afore!’

“‘It don’t amount t’ nothin’,’ says I.

“‘Tis a law o’ life!’

“‘But it don’t _mean_ nothin’.’

“‘Tumm,’ says he, discouraged, ‘I can’t talk t’ you no more. I’m too
busy. I ’lowed when I seed you there on the berg that you’d tell
somebody what I thunk out last night if you got clear o’ this mess. An’
I _wanted_ everybody t’ know. I did so _want_ un t’ know—an’t’ know that
Abraham Botch o’ Jug Cove did the thinkin’ all by hisself! But you don’t
seem able. An’, anyhow,’ says he, ‘I’m too busy t’ talk no more. They’s
a deal more hangin’ on that law ’n I told you. The beasts o’ the field
is born under it, an’ the trees o’ the forest, an’ all that lives.
They’s a bigger law behind; an’ I got t’ think that out afore the sea
works up. I’m sorry, Tumm; but if you don’t mind, I’ll just go on
thinkin’. You _won’t_ mind, will you, Tumm? I wouldn’t like you t’ feel
bad.’

“‘Lord, no!’ says I. ‘_I_ won’t mind.’

“‘Thank you, Tumm,’ says he. ‘For I’m greatly took by thinkin’.’

“An’ so Botch sputtered an’ thunk an’ kep’ his neck limber ’til he
drifted out o’ sight in the snow.”

But that was not the last of the Jug Cove philosopher.

“Next time I seed Botch,” Tumm resumed, “we was both shipped by chance
for the Labrador from Twillingate. ’Twas aboard the dirty little _Three
Sisters_—a thirty-ton, fore-an’-aft green-fish catcher, skippered by Mad
Bill Likely o’ Yellow Tail Tickle. An’ poor Botch didn’t look healthful.
He was blue an’ wan an’ wonderful thin. An’ he didn’t look at all
_right_. Poor Botch—ah, poor old Botch! They wasn’t no more o’ them
fuddlin’ questions; they wasn’t no more o’ that cock-sure, tickled
little cackle. Them big, deep eyes o’ his, which used t’ be clean an’
fearless an’ sad an’ nice, was all misty an’ red, like a nasty sunset,
an’ most unpleasant shifty. I ’lowed I’d take a look in, an’ sort o’
fathom what was up; but they was too quick for me—they got away every
time; an’ I never seed more’n a shadow. An’ he kep’ lookin’ over his
shoulder, an’ cockin’ his ears, an’ givin’ suddent starts, like a poor
wee child on a dark road. They wasn’t no more o’ that sinful gettin’
into nothin’—no more o’ that puttin’ away o’ the rock an’ sea an’ the
great big sky. I ’lowed, by the Lord! that he couldn’t _do_ it no more.
All them big things had un scared t’ death. He didn’t dast forget they
was there. He couldn’t get into nothin’ no more. An’ so I knowed he
wouldn’t be happy aboard the _Three Sisters_ with that devil of a Mad
Bill Likely o’ Yellow Tail Tickle for skipper.

“‘Botch,’ says I, when we was off Mother Burke, ‘how is you, b’y?’

“‘Oh, farin’ along,’ says he.

“‘Ay,’ says I; ‘but how _is_ you, b’y?’

“‘Farin’ along,’ says he.

“‘It ain’t a answer,’ says I. ‘I’m askin’ a plain question, Botch.’

“‘Well, Tumm,’ says he, ‘the fac’ is, Tumm, I’m—sort o’—jus’—farin’
along.’

“We crossed the Straits of a moonlight night. The wind was fair an’
light. Mad Bill was t’ the wheel: for he ’lowed he wasn’t goin’ t’ have
no chances took with a Lally Line steamer, havin’ been sunk oncet by the
same. ’Twas a kind an’ peaceful night. I’ve never knowed the world t’ be
more t’ rest an’ kinder t’ the sons o’ men. The wind was from the
s’uth’ard, a point or two east: a soft wind an’ sort o’ dawdlin’
careless an’ happy toward the Labrador. The sea was sound asleep; an’
the schooner cuddled up, an’ dreamed, an’ snored, an’ sighed, an’ rolled
along, as easy as a ship could be. Moonlight was over all the world—so
soft an’ sweet an’ playful an’ white; it said, ‘Hush!’ an’, ‘Go t’
sleep!’ All the stars that ever shone was wide awake an’ winkin’. A
playful crew—them little stars! Wink! wink! ‘Go t’sleep!’ says they.
‘’Tis our watch,’ says they. ‘_We’ll_ take care o’ _you_.’ An’ t’
win’ward—far off—black an’ low—was Cape Norman o’ Newf’un’land.
Newf’un’land! Ah, we’re all mad with love o’ she! Good-night!’ says she.
‘Fair v’y’ge,’ says she; ‘an’ may you come home loaded!’ Sleep? Ay; men
could sleep that night. They wasn’t no fear at sea. Sleep? Ay; they
wasn’t no fear in all the moonlit world.

“An’ then up from the forecastle comes Botch o’ Jug Cove.

“‘Tumm,’ says he, ‘you isn’t turned in.’

“‘No, Botch,’ says I. ‘It isn’t my watch; but I ’lowed I’d lie here on
this cod-trap an’ wink back at the stars.’

“‘I can’t sleep,’ says he. ‘Oh, Tumm, I _can’t_!’

“‘’Tis a wonderful fine night,’ says I.

“‘Ay,’ says he; ‘but—’

“‘But what?’ says I.

“‘You never can tell,’ says he

“‘Never can tell what?’

“‘What’s goin’ t’ happen.’

“I took one look—just one look into them shiverin’ eyes—an’ shook my
head. ‘Do you ’low,’ says I, ‘that we can hit that berg off the port
bow?’

“‘You never can tell,’ says he.

“‘Good Lord!’ says I. ‘With Mad Bill Likely o’ Yellow Tail Tickle at the
wheel? Botch,’ says I, ‘you’re gone mad. What’s _come_ along o’ you?
Where’s the _is_ an’ the _was_ an’ the _will be_? What’s come o’ that
law o’ life?’

“‘Hist!’ says he.

“‘Not me!’ says I. ‘I’ll hush for no man. What’s come o’ the law o’
life? What’s come o’ all the thinkin’?’

“‘Tumm,’ says he, ‘I don’t think no more. An’ the laws o’ life,’ says
he, ‘is foolishness. The fac’ is, Tumm,’ says he, ‘things look wonderful
different t’ me now. I isn’t the same as I used t’ be in them old days.’

“‘You isn’t had a fever, Botch?’ says I.

“‘Well,’ says he, ‘I got religion.’

“‘Oh!’ says I. ‘What kind?’

“‘Vi’lent,’ says he.

“‘I see,’ says I.

“‘I isn’t converted just this minute,’ says he. ‘I ’low you might say,
an’ be near the truth, that I’m a damned backslider. But I _been_
converted, an’ I may be again. Fac’ is, Tumm,’ says he, ‘when I gets up
in the mornin’ I never knows which I’m in, a state o’ grace or a state
o’ sin. It usual takes till after breakfast t’ find out.’

“‘Botch, b’y,’ says I, for it made me feel awful bad, ‘don’t you go an’
trouble about that.’

“‘You don’t know about hell,’ says he.

“‘I _does_ know about hell,’ says I. ‘My mother told me.’

“‘Ay,’ says he; ‘she told you. But you doesn’t _know_.’

“‘Botch,’ says I, ‘twould s’prise me if she left anything out.’

“He wasn’t happy—Botch wasn’t. He begun t’ kick his heels, an’ scratch
his whisps o’ beard, an’ chaw his finger-nails. It made me feel bad. I
didn’t like t’ see Botch took that way. I’d rather see un crawl into
nuthin’ an’ think, ecod! than chaw his nails an’ look like a scared
idjit from the mad-house t’ St. John’s.

“‘You got a soul, Tumm,’ says he.

“‘I knows that,’ says I.

“‘How?’ says he.

“‘My mother told me.’

“Botch took a look at the stars. An’ so I, too, took a look at the funny
little things. An’ the stars is so many, an’ so wonderful far off, an’
so wee an’ queer an’ perfeckly solemn an’ knowin’, that I ’lowed I
didn’t know much about heaven an’ hell, after all, an’ begun t’ feel
shaky.

“‘I got converted,’ says Botch, ‘by means of a red-headed parson from
the Cove o’ the Easterly Winds. _He_ knowed everything. They wasn’t no
_why_ he wasn’t able t’ answer. “The glory o’ God,” says he; an’ there
was an end to it. An’ bein’ converted of a suddent,’ says Botch, without
givin’ much thought t’ what might come after, I ’lowed the parson had
the rights of it. Anyhow, I wasn’t in no mood t’ set up my word against
a real parson in a black coat, with a Book right under his arm. I ’lowed
I wouldn’t stay very long in a state o’ grace if I done _that_. The fac’
is, he _told_ me so. “Whatever,” thinks I, “the glory o’ God does well
enough, if a man only _will_ believe; an’ the tears an’ crooked backs
an’ hunger o’ this here world,” thinks I, “which the parson lays t’ Him,
fits in very well with the reefs an’ easterly gales He made.” So I
’lowed I’d better take my religion an’ ask no questions; an’ the parson
said ’twas very wise, for I was only an ignorant man, an’ I’d reach a
state o’ sanctification if I kep’ on in the straight an’ narrow way. So
I went no more t’ the grounds. For what was the _use_ o’ goin’ there?
’Peared t’ me that heaven was my home. What’s the use o’ botherin’ about
the fish for the little time we’re here? I couldn’t get my _mind_ on the
fish. “Heaven is my home,” thinks I, “an’ I’m tired, an’ I wants t’ get
there, an’ I don’t want t’ trouble about the world.” ’Twas an immortal
soul I had t’ look out for. So I didn’t think no more about laws o’
life. ’Tis a sin t’ pry into the mysteries o’ God; an’ ’tis a sinful
waste o’ time, anyhow, t’ moon about the heads, thinkin’ about laws o’
life when you got a immortal soul on your hands. I wanted t’ save that
soul! _An I wants t’ save it now_!’

“‘Well,’ says I, ‘ain’t it sove?’

“‘No,’ says he; ‘for I couldn’t help thinkin’. An’ when I thunk,
Tumm—whenever I fell from grace an’ thunk real hard—I couldn’t believe
some o’ the things the red-headed parson said I _had_ t’ believe if I
wanted t’ save my soul from hell.’

“‘Botch,’ says I, ‘leave your soul be.’

“‘I can’t,’ says he. ‘I can’t! I got a immortal soul, Tumm. What’s t’
become o’ that there soul?’

“‘Don’t you trouble it,’ says I. ‘Leave it be. ’Tis too tender t’ trifle
with. An’, anyhow,’ says I, ‘a man’s belly is all he can handle without
strainin’.’

“‘But ’tis _mine_—_my_ soul!’

“‘Leave it be,’ says I. ‘It’ll get t’ heaven.’

“Then Botch gritted his teeth, an’ clinched his hands, an’ lifted his
fists t’ heaven. There he stood, Botch o’ Jug Cove, on the for’ard deck
o’ the _Three Sisters_, which was built by the hands o’ men, slippin’
across the Straits t’ the Labrador, in the light o’ the old, old
moon—there stood Botch like a man in tarture!

“‘I isn’t sure, Tumm,’ says he, ‘that I wants t’ go t’ heaven. For I’d
be all the time foolin’ about the gates o’ hell, peepin’ in,’ says he;
‘an’ if the devils suffered in the fire—if they moaned an’ begged for
the mercy o’ God—I’d be wantin’ t’ go in, Tumm, with a jug o’ water an’
a pa’m-leaf fan!’

“‘You’d get pretty well singed, Botch,’ says I.

“‘I’d _want_ t’ be singed!’ says he.

“‘Well, Botch,’ says I, ‘I don’t know where you’d best lay your course
for, heaven or hell. But I knows, my b’y,’ says I, ‘that you better give
your soul a rest, or you’ll be sorry.’

“‘I can’t,’ says he.

“‘It’ll get t’ one place or t’other,’ says I, ‘if you on’y bides your
time.’

“‘How do you know?’ says he.

“‘Why,’ says I, ‘any parson’ll _tell_ you so!’

“‘But how do _you_ know?’ says he.

“‘Damme, Botch!’ says I, ‘my mother told me so.’

“‘That’s it!’ says he.

“‘What’s it?’

“‘Your mother,’ says he. ‘’Tis all hearsay with you an’ me. But I wants
t’ know for myself. Heaven or hell, damnation or salvation, God or
nothin’!’ says he. ‘I wouldn’t care if I on’y _knowed_. But I don’t
know, an’ can’t find out. I’m tired o’ hearsay an’ guessin’, Tumm. I
wants t’ know. Dear God of all men,’ says he, with his fists in the air,
‘I _wants t’ know_!’

“‘Easy,’ says I. ‘Easy there! Don’t you say no more. ’Tis mixin’ t’ the
mind. So,’ says I, ‘I ’low I’ll turn in for the night.’

“Down I goes. But I didn’t turn in. I couldn’t—not just then. I raked
around in the bottom o’ my old nunny-bag for the Bible my dear mother
put there when first I sot out for the Labrador in the Fear of the Lord.
‘I wants a message,’ thinks I; ‘an’ I wants it bad, an’ I wants it
almighty quick!’ An’ I spread the Book on the forecastle table, an’ I
put my finger down on the page, an’ I got all my nerves t’gether—_an’ I
looked_! Then I closed the Book. They wasn’t much of a message; it
_done_, t’ be sure, but ’twasn’t much: for that there yarn o’ Jonah an’
the whale is harsh readin’ for us poor fishermen. But I closed the Book,
an’ wrapped it up again in my mother’s cotton, an’ put it back in the
bottom o’ my nunny-bag, an’ sighed, an’ went on deck. An’ I cotched poor
Botch by the throat; an’, ‘Botch,’ says I, ‘don’t you never say no more
about souls t’ me. Men,’ says I, ‘is all hangin’ on off a lee shore in a
big gale from the open; an’ they isn’t no mercy in that wind. I got my
anchor down,’ says I. ‘My fathers forged it, hook-an’-chain, an’ _they_
weathered it out, without fear or favor. ’Tis the on’y anchor I got,
anyhow, an’ I don’t want it t’ part. For if it do, the broken bones o’
my soul will lie slimy an’ rotten on the reefs t’ leeward through all
eternity. You leave me be,’ says I. ‘Don’t you never say soul t’ me no
more!’

“I ’low,” Tumm sighed, while he picked at a knot in the table with his
clasp-knife, “that if I could ’‘a’ done more’n just what mother teached
me, I’d sure have prayed for poor Abraham Botch that night!”

He sighed again.

“We fished the Farm Yard,” Tumm continued, “an’ Indian Harbor, an’ beat
south into Domino Run; but we didn’t get no chance t’ use a pound o’
salt for all that. They didn’t seem t’ be no sign o’ fish anywheres on
the s’uth’ard or middle coast o’ the Labrador. We run here,’ an’ we beat
there, an’ we fluttered around like a half-shot gull; but we didn’t come
up with no fish. Down went the trap, an’ up she come: not even a
lumpfish or a lobser t’ grace the labor. Winds in the east, lop on the
sea, fog in the sky, ice in the water, colds on the chest, boils on the
wrists; but nar’ a fish in the hold! It drove Mad Bill Likely stark.
‘Lads,’ says he, ‘the fish is north o’ Mugford. I’m goin’ down,’ says
he, ‘if we haves t’ winter at Chidley on swile-fat an’ sea-weed. For,’
says he, ‘Butt o’ Twillingate, which owns this craft, an’ has outfitted
every man o’ this crew, is on his last legs, an’ I’d rather face the
Lord in a black shroud o’ sin than tie up t’ the old man’s wharf with a
empty hold. For the Lord is used to it,’ says he, ‘an’ wouldn’t mind;
but Old Man Butt would _cry_.’ So we ’lowed we’d stand by, whatever come
of it; an’ down north we went, late in the season, with a rippin’ wind
astern. An’ we found the fish ’long about Kidalick; an’ we went at it,
night an’ day, an’ loaded in a fortnight. ‘An’ now, lads,’ says Mad Bill
Likely, when the decks was awash, ‘you can all go t’ sleep, an’ be
jiggered t’ you!’ An’ down I dropped on the last stack o’ green cod, an’
slep’ for more hours than I dast tell you.

“Then we started south.

“‘Tumm,’ says Botch, when we was well underway, ‘we’re deep. We’re awful
deep.’

“‘But it ain’t salt,’ says I; ‘’tis fish.’

“‘Ay,’ says he; ‘but ’tis all the same t’ the schooner. We’ll have wind,
an’ she’ll complain.’

“We coaxed her from harbor t’ harbor so far as Indian Tickle. Then we
got a fair wind, an’ Mad Bill Likely ’lowed he’d make a run for it t’
the northern ports o’ the French Shore. We was well out an’ doin’ well
when the wind switched t’ the sou’east. ’Twas a beat, then; an’ the poor
old _Three Sisters_ didn’t like it, an’ got tired, an’ wanted t’ give
up. By dawn the seas was comin’ over the bow at will. The old girl
simply couldn’t keep her head up. She’d dive, an’ nose in, an’ get
smothered; an’ she shook her head so pitiful that Mad Bill Likely ’lowed
he’d ease her for’ard, an’ see how she’d like it. ’Twas broad day when
he sent me an’ Abraham Botch o’ Jug Cove out t’ stow the stays’l. They
wasn’t no fog on the face o’ the sea; but the sky was gray an’ troubled,
an’ the sea was a wrathful black-an’-white, an’ the rain, whippin’ past,
stung what it touched, an’ froze t’ the deck an’ riggin’. I knowed she’d
put her nose into the big white seas, an’ I knowed Botch an’ me would go
under, an’ I knowed the foothold was slippery with ice; so I called the
fac’s t’ Botch’s attention, an’ asked un not t’ think too much.

“‘I’ve give that up,’ says he.

“‘Well,’ says I, ‘you might get another attackt.’

“‘No fear,’ says he; ‘’tis foolishness t’ think. It don’t come t’
nothin’.’

“‘But you _might_,’ says I.

“‘Not in a moment o’ grace,’ says he. ‘An’, Tumm,’ says he, ‘at this
instant, my condition,’ says he, ‘is one o’ salvation.’

“‘Then,’ says I, ‘you follow me, an’ we’ll do a tidy job with that there
stays’l.’

“An’ out on the jib-boom we went. We’d pretty near finished the job when
the _Three Sisters_ stuck her nose into a thundering sea. When she shook
that off, I yelled t’ Botch t’ look out for two more. If he heard, he
didn’t say so; he was too busy spittin’ salt water. We was still there
when the second sea broke. But when the third fell, an’ my eyes was
shut, an’ I was grippin’ the boom for dear life, I felt a clutch on my
ankle; an’ the next thing I knowed I was draggin’ in the water, with a
grip on the bobstay, an’ something tuggin’ at my leg like a whale on a
fish-line. I knowed ’twas Botch, without lookin’, for it couldn’t be
nothin’ else. An’ when I looked, I seed un lyin’ in the foam at the
schooner’s bow, bobbin’ under an’ up. His head was on a pillow o’ froth,
an’ his legs was swingin’ in a green, bubblish swirl beyond.

“‘Hold fast!’ I yelled.

“The hiss an’ swish o’ the seas was hellish. Botch spat water an’ spoke,
but I couldn’t hear. I ’lowed, though, that ’twas whether I could keep
my grip a bit longer.

“‘Hold fast!’ says I.

“He nodded a most agreeable thank you. ‘I wants t’ think a minute,’ says
he.

“‘Take both hands!’ says I.

“On deck they hadn’t missed us yet. The rain was thick an’ sharp-edged,
an’ the schooner’s bow was forever in a mist o’ spray.

“‘Tumm!’ says Botch.

“‘Hold fast!’ says I.

“He’d hauled his head out o’ the froth. They wasn’t no trouble in his
eyes no more. His eyes was clear an’ deep—with a little laugh lyin’ far
down in the depths.

“‘Tumm,’ says he, ‘I——’

“‘I don’t hear,’ says I.

“‘I can’t wait no longer,’ says he. ‘I wants t’ know. An’ I’m so near,
now,’ says he, ‘that I ’low I’ll just find out.’

“‘Hold fast, you fool!’ says I.

“I swear by the God that made me,” Tumm declared, “that he was smilin’
the last I seed of his face in the foam! He wanted t’ know—an’ he found
out! But I wasn’t quite so curious,” Tumm added, “an’ I hauled my hulk
out o’ the water, an’ climbed aboard. An’ I run aft; but they wasn’t
nothin’ t’ be seed but the big, black sea, an’ the froth o’ the
schooner’s wake and o’ the wild white horses.”

                   *       *       *       *       *

The story was ended.

A tense silence was broken by a gentle snore from the skipper of the
_Good Samaritan_. I turned. The head of the lad from the Cove o’ First
Cousins protruded from his bunk. It was withdrawn on the instant. But I
had caught sight of the drooping eyes and of the wide, flaring nostrils.

“See that, sir?” Tumm asked, with a backward nod toward the boy’s bunk.

I nodded.

“Same old thing,” he laughed, sadly. “Goes on t’ the end o’ the world.”

We all know that.



II—A MATTER OF EXPEDIENCY


Sure enough, old man Jowl came aboard the _Good Samaritan_ at Mad Tom’s
Harbor to trade his fish—a lean, leathery old fellow in white moleskin,
with skin boots, tied below the knees, and a cloth cap set decorously on
a bushy head. The whole was as clean as a clothes-pin; and the punt was
well kept, and the fish white and dry and sweet to smell, as all
Newfoundland cod should be. Tumm’s prediction that he would not smile
came true; his long countenance had no variation of expression—tough,
brown, delicately wrinkled skin lying upon immobile flesh. His face was
glum of cast—drawn at the brows, thin-lipped, still; but yet with an
abundant and incongruously benignant white beard which might have
adorned a prophet. For Jim Bull’s widow he made way; she, said he, must
have his turn at the scales and in the cabin, for she had a baby to
nurse, and was pressed for opportunity. This was tenderness beyond
example—generous and acute. A clean, pious, gentle old fellow: he was
all that, it may be; but he had eyes to disquiet the sanctified, who are
not easily disturbed. They were not blue, but black with a blue film,
like the eyes of an old wolf—cold, bold, patient, watchful—calculating;
having no sympathy, but a large intent to profit, ultimately, whatever
the cost. Tumm had bade me look Jowl in the eye; and to this day I have
not forgotten....

                   *       *       *       *       *

The _Good Samaritan_ was out of Mad Tom’s Harbor, bound across the bay,
after dark, to trade the ports of the shore. It was a quiet
night—starlit: the wind light and fair. The clerk and the skipper and I
had the forecastle of the schooner to ourselves.

“I ’low,” Tumm mused, “_I_ wouldn’t want t’ grow old.”

The skipper grinned.

“Not,” Tumm added, “on this coast.”

“Ah, well, Tumm,” the skipper jeered, “maybe you won’t!”

“I’d be ashamed,” said Tumm.

“You dunderhead!” snapped the skipper, who was old, “on this coast an
old man’s a man! He’ve lived through enough,” he growled, “t’ show it.”

“’Tis accordin’,” said Tumm.

“To what?” I asked.

“T’ how you looks at it. In a mess, now—you take it in a nasty mess,
when ’tis every man for hisself an’ the devil take the hindmost—in a
mess like that, I ’low, the devil often gets the _man_ o’ the party, an’
the swine goes free. But ’tis all just accordin’ t’ how you looks at it;
an’ as for _my_ taste, I’d be ashamed t’ come through fifty year o’ life
on this coast alive.”

“Ay, b’y?” the skipper inquired, with a curl of the lip.

“It wouldn’t _look_ right,” drawled Tumm.

The skipper laughed good-naturedly.

“Now,” said Tumm, “you take the case o’ old man Jowl o’ Mad Tom’s
Harbor—”

“Excuse me, Tumm b’y,” the skipper interrupted. “If you’re goin’ t’
crack off, just bide a spell till I gets on deck.”

Presently we heard his footsteps going aft....

                   *       *       *       *       *

“A wonderful long time ago, sir,” Tumm began, “when Jowl was in his
prime an’ I was a lad, we was shipped for the Labrador aboard the _Wings
o’ the Mornin’_. She was a thirty-ton fore-an’-after, o’ Tuggleby’s
build—Tuggleby o’ Dog Harbor—hailin’ from Witch Cove, an’ bound down t’
the Wayward Tickles, with a fair intention o’ takin’ a look-in at
Run-by-Guess an’ Ships’ Graveyard, t’ the nor’ard o’ Mugford, if the
Tickles was bare. Two days out from Witch Cove, somewheres off Gull
Island, an’ a bit t’ the sou’west, we was cotched in a switch o’
weather. ’Twas a nor’east blow, mixed with rain an’ hail; an’ in the
brewin’ it kep’ us guessin’ what ’twould accomplish afore it got tired,
it looked so lusty an’ devilish. The skipper ’lowed ’twould trouble some
stomachs, whatever else, afore we got out of it, for ’twas the first
v’y’ge o’ that season for every man Jack o’ the crew. An’ she blowed,
an’ afore mornin’ she’d tear your hair out by the roots if you took off
your cap, an’ the sea was white an’ the day was black. The _Wings o’ the
Mornin’_ done well enough for forty-eight hours, an’ then she lost her
grit an’ quit. Three seas an’ a gust o’ wind crumpled her up. She come
out of it a wreck—topmast gone, spars shivered, gear in a tangle, an’
deck swep’ clean. Still an’ all, she behaved like a lady; she kep’ her
head up, so well as she was able, till a big sea snatched her rudder;
an’ then she breathed her last, an’ begun t’ roll under our feet, dead
as a log. So we went below t’ have a cup o’ tea.

“‘Don’t spare the rations, cook,’ says the skipper. ‘Might as well go
with full bellies.’

“The cook got sick t’ oncet.

“‘You lie down, cook,’ says the skipper, ‘an’ leave me do the cookin’.
Will you drown where you is, cook,’ says he, ‘or on deck?’

“‘On deck, sir,’ says the cook.

“I’ll call you, b’y,’ says the skipper.

“Afore long the first hand give up an’ got in his berth. He was
wonderful sad when he got tucked away. ’Lowed somebody might hear of it.

“‘You want t’ be called, Billy?’ says the skipper.

“‘Ay, sir; please, sir,’ says the first hand.

“‘All right, Billy,’ says the skipper. ‘But you won’t care enough t’ get
out.’

“The skipper was next.

“‘_You goin’, too!_’ says Jowl.

“‘You’ll have t’ eat it raw, lads,’ says the skipper, with a white
little grin at hisself. ‘An’ don’t rouse me,’ says he, ‘for I’m as good
as dead already.’

“The second hand come down an’ ’lowed we’d better get the pumps goin’.

“‘She’s sprung a leak somewheres aft,’ says he.

Jowl an’ me an’ the second hand went on deck t’ keep her afloat. The
second hand ’lowed she’d founder, anyhow, if she was give time, but he’d
like t’ see what would come o’ pumpin’, just for devilment. So we lashed
ourselves handy an’ pumped away—me an’ the second hand on one side an’
Jowl on the other. The _Wings o’ the Mornin’_ wobbled an’ dived an’
shook herself like a wet dog; all she wanted was a little more water in
her hold an’ then she’d make an end of it, whenever she happened t’ take
the notion.

“‘I’m give out,’ says the second hand, afore night.

“‘Them men in the forecastle isn’t treatin’ us right,’ says Jowl. ‘They
ought t’ lend a hand.’

“The second hand bawled down t’ the crew; but nar a man would come on
deck.

“‘Jowl,’ says he, ‘you have a try.’

“Jowl went down an’ complained; but it didn’t do no good. They was all
so sick they wouldn’t answer. So the second hand ’lowed he’d go down an’
argue, which he foolishly done—an’ never come back. An’ when I went
below t’ rout un out of it, he was stowed away in his bunk, all out o’
sorts an’ wonderful melancholy. ‘Isn’t no use, Tumm,’ says he. ‘_It_
isn’t no use.’

“‘Get out o’ this!’ says the cook. ‘You woke me up!’

“I ’lowed the forecastle air wouldn’t be long about persuadin’ me to the
first hand’s sinful way o’ thinkin’. An’ when I got on deck the gale
tasted sweet.

“‘They isn’t _treatin’_ us right,’ says Jowl.

“‘I ’low you’re right,’ says I, ‘but what you goin’ t’ do?’

“‘What you think?’ says he.

“‘Pump,’ says I.

“‘Might’s well,’ says he. ‘She’s fillin’ up.’

“We kep’ pumpin’ away, steady enough, till dawn, which fagged us
wonderful. The way she rolled an’ pitched, an’ the way the big white,
sticky, frosty seas broke over us, an’ the way the wind pelted us with
rain an’ hail, an’ the blackness o’ the sky, was _mean_—just almighty
careless an’ mean. An’ pumpin’ didn’t seem t’ do no good; for why? _we_
couldn’t save the hulk—not us two. As it turned out, if the crew had
been fitted out with men’s stomachs we might have weathered it out, an’
gone down the Labrador, an’ got a load; for every vessel that got there
that season come home fished t’ the gunwales. But we didn’t know it
then. Jowl growled all night to hisself about the way we was treated.
The wind carried most o’ the blasphemy out t’ sea, where they wasn’t no
lad t’ corrupt, an’ at scattered times a big sea would make Jowl
splutter, but I heared enough t’ make me smell the devil, an’ when I
seed Jowl’s face by the first light I ’lowed his angry feelin’s had riz
to a ridiculous extent, so that they was something more’n the weather
gone wild in my whereabouts.

“‘What’s gone along o’ you?’ says I.

“‘The swine!’ says he. ‘Come below, Tumm,’ says he, ‘an’ we’ll give un a
dose o’ fists an’ feet.’

“So down we went, an’ we had the whole crew in a heap on the forecastle
floor afore they woke up. Ecod! what a mess o’ green faces! A
per-feck-ly limp job lot o’ humanity! Not a backbone among un. An’ all
on account o’ their stomachs! It made me sick an’ mad t’ see un. The
cook was the worst of un; said we’d gone an’ woke un up, just when he’d
got t’ sleep an’ forgot it all. Good Lord! ‘You gone an’ made me
remember!’ says he. At that, Jowl let un have it; but the cook only
yelped an’ crawled back in his bunk, wipin’ the blood from his chin. For
twenty minutes an’ more we labored with them sea-sick sailors, with
fists an’ feet, as Jowl had prescribed. They wasn’t no mercy begged nor
showed. We hit what we seen, pickin’ the tender places with care, an’
they grunted an’ crawled back like rats; an’ out they come again, head
foremost or feet, as happened. I never seed the like of it. You could
treat un most scandalous, an’ they’d do nothin’ but whine an’ crawl
away. ’Twas enough t’ disgust you with your own flesh an’ bones! Jowl
’lowed he’d cure the skipper, whatever come of it, an’ laid his head
open with a birch billet. The skipper didn’t whimper no more, but just
fell back in the bunk, an’ lied still. Jowl said he’d be cured when he
come to. Maybe he was; but ’tis my own opinion that Jowl killed un, then
an’ there, an’ that he never _did_ come to. Whatever, ’twas all lost
labor; we didn’t work a single cure, an’ we had t’ make a run for the
deck, all of a sudden, t’ make peace with our own stomachs.

“‘The swine!’ says Jowl. ‘Let un drown!’

“I ’lowed we’d better pump; but Jowl wouldn’t hear to it. Not he! No
sir! He’d see the whole herd o’ pigs sunk afore he’d turn a finger!

“‘_Me_ pump!’ says he.

“‘You better,’ says I.

“‘For what?’

“‘For your life,’ says I.

“‘An’ save them swine in the forecastle?’ says he. ‘Not _me_!’

“I ’lowed it didn’t matter, anyhow, for ’twas only a question o’ keepin’
the _Wings o’ the Mornin’_ out o’ the grave for a spell longer than she
might have stayed of her own notion. But, thinks I, I’ll pump, whatever,
t’ pass time; an’ so I set to, an’ kep’ at it. The wind was real
vicious, an’ the seas was breakin’ over us, fore an’ aft an’ port an’
starboard, t’ suit their fancy, an’ the wreck o’ the _Wings o’ the
Mornin’_ wriggled an’ bounced in a way t’ s’prise the righteous, an’ the
black sky was pourin’ buckets o’ rain an’ hail on all the world, an’ the
wind was makin’ knotted whips o’ both. It wasn’t agreeable, an’
by-an’-by my poor brains was fair riled t’ see the able-bodied Jowl with
nothin’ t’ do but dodge the seas an’ keep hisself from bein’ pitched
over-board. ’Twas a easy berth _he_ had! But _I_ was busy.

“‘Look you, Jowl,’ sings I, ‘you better take a spell at the pump.’

“‘Me?’ says he.

“‘Yes, _you_!’

“‘Oh no!’ says he.

“‘You think I’m goin’ t’ do all this labor single-handed?’ says I.

“‘’Tis your own notion,’ says he.

“‘I’ll see you sunk, Jowl!’ says I, ‘afore I pumps another stroke. If
you wants t’ drown afore night I’ll not hinder. Oh no, Mister Jowl!’
says I. ‘I’ll not be standin’ in your light.’

“‘Tumm,’ says he, ‘I got a idea.’

“‘Dear man!’ says I.

“‘The wind’s moderatin’,’ says he, ‘an’ it won’t be long afore the sea
gets civil. But the _Wings o’ the Mornin’_ won’t float overlong. She’ve
been settlin’ hasty for the last hour. Still an’ all, I ’low I got time
t’ make a raft, which I’ll do.’

“‘Look!’ says I.

“Off near where the sun was settin’ the clouds broke. ’Twas but a slit,
but it let loose a flood o’ red light. ’Twas a bloody sky an’ sea—red as
shed blood, but full o’ the promise o’ peace which follows storm, as the
good God directs.

“‘I ’low,’ says he, ‘the wind will go down with the sun.’

“The vessel was makin’ heavy labor of it. ‘I bets you,’ says I, ‘the
_Wings o’ the Mornin’_ beats un both.’

“‘Time’ll tell,’ says he.

“I give un a hand with the raft. An’ hard work ’twas; never knowed no
harder, before nor since, with the seas comin’ overside, an’ the deck
pitchin’ like mad, an’ the night droppin’ down. Ecod! but I isn’t able
t’ tell you. I forgets what we done in the red light o’ that day. ’Twas
labor for giants an’ devils! But we had the raft in the water afore
dark, ridin’ in the lee, off the hulk. It didn’t look healthy, an’ was
by no means invitin’; but the _Wings o’ the Mornin’_ was about t’ bow
an’ retire, if the signs spoke true, an’ the raft was the only hope in
all the brutal world. I took kindly t’ the crazy thing—I ’low I did!

“‘Tumm,’ says Jowl, ‘I ’low you thinks you got some rights in that
raft.’

“‘I do,’ says I.

“‘But you isn’t,’ says he. ‘You isn’t, Tumm, because I’m a sight bigger
’n you, an’ could put you off. It isn’t in my mind t’ do it—but I
_could_. I wants company, Tumm, for it looks like a long v’y’ge, an’ I’m
’lowin’ t’ have you.’

“‘What about the crew?’ says I.

“‘They isn’t room for more’n two on that raft,’ says he.

“‘Dear God! Jowl,’ says I, ‘what you goin’ t’ do?’

“‘I’m goin’ t’ try my level best,’ says he, ‘t’ get home t’ my wife an’
kid; for they’d be wonderful disappointed if I didn’t turn up.’

“‘But the crew’s got wives an’ kids!’ says I.

“‘An’ bad stomachs,’ says he.

“‘Jowl,’ says I, ‘she’s sinkin’ fast.’

“‘Then I ’low we better make haste.’

“I started for’ard.

“‘Tumm,’ says he, ‘don’t you go another step. If them swine in the
forecastle knowed they was a raft ’longside, they’d steal it. It won’t
_hold_ un, Tumm. It won’t hold more’n two, an’, ecod!’ says he, with a
look at the raft, ‘I’m doubtin’ that she’s able for _that_!’

“It made me shiver.

“‘No, sir!’ says he. ‘I ’low she won’t hold more’n one.’

“‘Oh yes, she will, Jowl!’ says I. ‘Dear man! yes; she’s able for two.’

“‘Maybe,’ says he.

“‘Handy!’ says I. ‘Oh, handy, man!’

“‘We’ll try,’ says he, ‘whatever comes of it. An’ if she makes bad
weather, why, you can—’

“He stopped.

“‘Why don’t you say the rest?’ says I.

“‘I hates to.’

“‘What do you mean?’ says I.

“‘Why, damme! Tumm,’ says he, ‘I mean that you can get _off_. What
_else_ would I mean?’

“Lord! I didn’t know!

“‘Well?’ says he.

“‘It ain’t very kind,’ says I.

“‘What would _you_ do,’ says he, ‘if _you_ was me?’

“I give un a look that told un, an’ ’twas against my will I done it.

“‘Well,’ says he, ‘you can’t blame me, then.’

“No more I could.

“‘Now I’ll get the grub from the forecastle, lad,’ says he, ‘an’ we’ll
cast off. The _Wings o’ the Mornin’_ isn’t good for more’n half an hour
more. You bide on deck, Tumm, an’ leave the swine t’ me.’

Then he went below.

“‘All right,’ says he, when he come on deck. ‘Haul in the line.’ We
lashed a water-cask an’ a grub-box t’ the raft. ‘Now, Tumm,’ says he,
‘we can take it easy. We won’t be in no haste t’ leave, for I ’low ’tis
more comfortable here. Looks t’ me like more moderate weather. I feels
pretty good, Tumm, with all the work done, an’ nothin’ t’ do but get
aboard.’ He sung the long-metre doxology. ‘Look how the wind’s dropped!’
says he. ‘Why, lad, we might have saved the _Wings o’ the Mornin’_ if
them pigs had done their dooty last night. But ’tis too late now—an’
it’s _been_ too late all day long. We’ll have a spell o’ quiet,’ says
he, ‘when the sea goes down. Looks t’ me like the v’y’ge might be
pleasant, once we gets through the night. I ’low the stars’ll be peepin’
afore mornin’. It’ll be a comfort t’ see the little mites. I loves t’
know they’re winkin’ overhead. They makes me think o’ God. You isn’t got
a top-coat, is you, lad?’ says he. ‘Well, you better get it, then. I’ll
trust you in the forecastle, Tumm, for I knows you wouldn’t wrong me,
an’ you’ll need that top-coat bad afore we’re picked up. An’ if you got
your mother’s Bible in your nunny-bag, or anything like that you wants
t’ save, you better fetch it,’ says he. ‘I ’low we’ll get out o’ this
mess, an’ we don’t want t’ have anything t’ regret.’

“I got my mother’s Bible.

“‘Think we better cast off?’ says he.

“I did. The _Wings o’ the Mornin’_ was ridin’ too low an’ easy for me t’
rest; an’ the wind had fell to a soft breeze, an’ they wasn’t no more
rain, an’ no more dusty spray, an’ no more breakin’ waves. They was a
shade on the sea—the first shadow o’ the night—t’ hide what we’d leave
behind.

“‘We better leave her,’ says I.

“‘Then all aboard!’ says he.

“An’ we got aboard, an’ cut the cable, an’ slipped away on a soft, black
sea, far into the night.... An’ no man ever seed the _Wings o’ the
Mornin’_ again.... An’ me an Jowl was picked up, half dead o’ thirst an’
starvation, twelve days later, by ol’ Cap’n Loop, o’ the Black Bay
mail-boat, as she come around Toad Point, bound t’ Burnt Harbor....

                   *       *       *       *       *

“Jowl an’ me,” Tumm resumed, “fished the Holy Terror Tickles o’ the
Labrador in the _Got It_ nex’ season. He was a wonderful kind man, Jowl
was—so pious, an’ soft t’ speak, an’ honest, an’ willin’ for his labor.
At midsummer I got a bad hand, along of a cut with the splittin’-knife,
an’ nothin’ would do Jowl but he’d lance it, an’ wash it, an’ bind it,
like a woman, an’ do so much o’ my labor as he was able for, like a man.
I fair got t’ _like_ that lad o’ his—though ’twas but a young feller t’
home, at the time—for Jowl was forever talkin’ o’ Toby this an’ Toby
that—not boastful gabble, but just tender an’ nice t’ hear. An’ a fine
lad, by all accounts: a dutiful lad, brave an’ strong, if given overmuch
t’ yieldin’ the road t’ save trouble, as Jowl said. I ’lowed, one night,
when the _Got It_ was bound home, with all the load the salt would give
her, that I’d sort o’ like t’ know the lad that Jowl had.

“‘Why don’t you fetch un down the Labrador?’ says I.

“‘His schoolin’,’ says Jowl.

“‘Oh!’ says I.

“‘Ay,’ says he; ‘his mother’s wonderful particular about the schoolin’.’

“‘Anyhow,’ says I, ‘the schoolin’ won’t go on for all time.’

“‘No,’ says Jowl, ‘it won’t. An’ I’m ’lowin’ t’ harden Toby up a bit
nex’ spring.’

“‘T’ the ice?’ says I.

“‘Ay,’ says he; ‘if I can overcome his mother.’

“‘’Tis a rough way t’ break a lad,’ says I.

“‘So much the better,’ says he. ‘It don’t take so long. Nothin’ like a
sealin’ v’y’ge,’ says he, ‘t’ harden a lad. An’ if you comes along,
Tumm,’ says he, ‘why, I won’t complain. I’m ’lowin’ t’ ship with Skipper
Tommy Jump o’ the _Second t’ None_. She’s a tight schooner, o’ the
Tiddle build, an’ I ’low Tommy Jump will get a load o’ fat, whatever
comes of it. You better join, Tumm,’ says he, ‘an’ we’ll all be
t’gether. I’m wantin’ you t’ get acquainted with Toby, an’ lend a hand
with his education, which you can do t’ the queen’s taste, bein’ near of
his age.’

“‘I’ll do it, Jowl,’ says I.

“An’ I done it; an’ afore we was through, I wisht I hadn’t.”

Tumm paused.

“An’ I done it—nex’ March—shipped along o’ Tommy Jump o’ the _Second t’
None_, with Jowl an’ his lad aboard,” he proceeded.

“‘You overcame the wife,’ says I, ‘didn’t you?’

“‘’Twas a tough job,’ says he. ‘She ’lowed the boy might come t’ harm,
an’ wouldn’t give un up; but me an’ Toby pulled t’gether, an’ managed
her, the day afore sailin’. She cried a wonderful lot; but, Lord! that’s
only the way o’ women.’

“A likely lad o’ sixteen, this Toby—blue-eyed an’ fair, with curly hair
an’ a face full o’ blushes. Polite as a girl, which is much too polite
for safety at the ice. He’d make way for them that blustered; but he
done it with such an air that we wasn’t no more’n off the Goggles afore
the whole crew was all makin’ way for he. So I ’lowed he’d _do_—that
he’d be took care of, just for love. But Jowl wasn’t o’ my mind.

“‘No,’ says he; ‘the lad’s too soft. He’ve got t’ be hardened.’

“‘Maybe,’ says I.

“‘If anything happened,’ says he, ‘Toby wouldn’t stand a show. The men
is kind to un now,’ says he, ‘for they doesn’t lose nothin’ by it. If
they stood t’ lose their lives, Tumm, they’d push un out o’ the way, an’
he’d go ’ithout a whimper. I got t’ talk t’ that lad for his own good.’

“Which he done.

“‘Toby,’ says he, ‘you is much too soft. Don’t you go an’ feel bad, now,
lad, just because your father tells you so; for ’tis not much more’n a
child you are, an’ your father’s old, an’ knows all about life. You got
t’ get hard if you wants t’ hold your own. You’re too polite. You gives
way too easy. _Don’t_ give way—don’t give way under no circumstances. In
this life,’ says he, ‘’tis every man for hisself. I don’t know why God
made it that way,’ says he, ‘but He done it, an’ we got t’ stand by.
You’re young,’ says he, ‘an’ thinks the world is what you’d have it be
if you made it; but I’m old, an’ I knows that a man can’t be polite an’
live to his prime on this coast. Now, lad,’ says he, ‘we isn’t struck
the ice yet, but I ’low I smell it; an’ once we gets the _Second t’
None_ in the midst, ’most anything is likely t’ happen. If so be that
Tommy Jump gets the schooner in a mess you look out for yourself; don’t
think o’ nobody else, for you can’t _afford_ to.’

“‘Yes, sir,’ says the boy.

“‘Mark me well, lad! I’m tellin’ you this for your own good. You won’t
get no mercy showed you; so don’t you show mercy t’ nobody else. If it
comes t’ your life or the other man’s, you put _him_ out o’ the way
afore he has time t’ put _you_. Don’t let un give battle. Hit un so
quick as you’re able. It’ll be harder if you waits. You don’t have t’ be
_fair_. ’Tisn’t expected. Nobody’s fair. An’—ah, now, Toby!’ says he,
puttin’ his arm over the boy’s shoulder, ‘if you feels like givin’ way,
an’ lettin’ the other man have your chance, an’ if you _can’t_ think o’
yourself, just you think o’ your mother. Ah, lad,’ says he, ‘she’d go
an’ cry her eyes out if anything happened t’ you. Why, Toby—oh, my! now,
lad—why, _think_ o’ the way she’d sit in her rockin’-chair, an’ put her
pinny to her eyes, an’ cry, an’ cry! You’re the only one she’ve got, an’
she couldn’t, lad, she _couldn’t_ get along ’ithout you! Ah, she’d cry,
an’ cry, an’ cry; an’ they wouldn’t be nothin’ in all the world t’ give
her comfort! So don’t you go an’ grieve her, Toby,’ says he, ‘by bein’
tender-hearted. Ah, now, Toby!’ says he, ‘don’t you go an’ make your
poor mother cry!’

“‘No, sir,’ says the lad. ‘I’ll not, sir!’

“‘That’s a good boy, Toby,’ says Jowl. ‘I ’low you’ll be a man when you
grow up, if your mother doesn’t make a parson o’ you.’”

Tumm made a wry face.

“Well,” he continued, “Tommy Jump kep’ the _Second t’ None_ beatin’
hither an’ yon off the Horse Islands for two days, expectin’ ice with
the nor’east wind. ’Twas in the days afore the sealin’ was done in
steamships from St. John’s, an’ they was a cloud o’ sail at the selsame
thing. An’ we all put into White Bay, in the mornin’ in chase o’ the
floe, an’ done a day’s work on the swiles [seals] afore night. But nex’
day we was jammed by the ice—the fleet o’ seventeen schooners, cotched
in the bottom o’ the bay, an’ like t’ crack our hulls if the wind held.
Whatever, the wind fell, an’ there come a time o’ calm an’ cold, an’ we
was all froze in, beyond help, an’ could do nothin’ but wait for the ice
t’ drive out an’ go abroad, an’ leave us t’ sink or sail, as might
chance. Tommy Jump ’lowed the _Second t’ None_ would sink; said her
timbers was sprung, an’ she’d leak like a basket, an’ crush like a
eggshell, once the ice begun t’ drive an’ grind an’ rafter—leastwise, he
_thunk_ so, admittin’ ’twas open t’ argument; an’ he wouldn’t go so far
as t’ pledge the word of a gentleman that she _would_ sink.

“‘Whatever,’ says he, ‘we’ll stick to her an’ find out.’

“The change o’ wind come at dusk—a big blow from the sou’west. ’Twas
beyond doubt the ice would go t’ sea; so I tipped the wink t’ young Toby
Jowl an’ told un the time was come.

“‘I’ll save my life, Tumm,’ says he, ‘if I’m able.’

“’Twas a pity! Ecod! t’ this day I ’low ’twas a pity; ’Twas a fine,
sweet lad, that Toby; but he looked like a wolf, that night, in the
light o’ the forecastle lamp, when his eyes flashed an his upper lip
stretched thin over his teeth!

“‘You better get some grub in your pocket,’ says I.

“‘I got it,’ says he.

“‘Well,’ says I, ‘I ’low _you’ve_ learned! Where’d you get it?”

“‘Stole it from the cook,’ says he.

“‘Any chance for me?’

“‘If you’re lively,’ says he. ‘The cook’s a fool.... Will it come soon,
Tumm?’ says he, with a grip on my wrist. ‘How long will it be, eh, Tumm,
afore ’tis every man for hisself?’

“Soon enough, God knowed! By midnight the edge o’ the floe was rubbin’
Pa’tridge P’int, an’ the ice was troubled an’ angry. In an hour the pack
had the bottom scrunched out o’ the _Second t’ None_; an’ she was kep’
above water—listed an’ dead—only by the jam o’ little pans ’longside.
Tommy Jump ’lowed we’d strike the big billows o’ the open afore dawn an’
the pack would go abroad an’ leave us t’ fill an’ sink; said _he_
couldn’t do no more, an’ the crew could take care o’ their own lives,
which was what _he_ would do, whatever come of it. ’Twas blowin’ big
guns then—rippin’ in straight lines right off from Sop’s Arm an’ all
them harbors for starved bodies an’ souls t’ the foot o’ the bay. An’
snow come with the wind; the heavens emptied theirselves; the air was
thick an’ heavy. Seemed t’ me the wrath o’ sea an’ sky broke loose upon
us—wind an’ ice an’ snow an’ big waves an’ cold—all the earth contains
o’ hate for men! Skipper Tommy Jump ’lowed we’d better stick t’ the ship
so long as we was able; which was merely his opinion, an’ if the hands
had a mind t’ choose their pans while they was plenty, they was welcome
t’ do it, an’ he wouldn’t see no man called a fool if his fists was big
enough t’ stop it. But no man took t’ the ice at that time. An’ the
_Second t’ None_ ran on with the floe, out t’ sea, with the wind an’
snow playin’ the devil for their own amusement, an’ the ice groanin’ its
own complaint....

“Then we struck the open.”

[Illustration: “I SEED THE SHAPE OF A MAN LEAP FOR MY PLACE”]

“‘Now, lads,’ yells Tommy Jump, when he got all hands amidships, ‘you
better quit the ship. The best time,’ says he, ‘will be when you sees
_me_ go overside. But don’t get in my way. You get your own pans. God
help the man that gets in my way!’

“Tommy Jump went overside when the ice opened an’ the _Second t’ None_
begun t’ go down an’ the sea was spread with small pans, floatin’ free.
’Twas near dawn then. Things was gray; an’ the shapes o’ things was
strange an’ big—out o’ size, fearsome. Dawn shot over the sea, a wide,
flat beam from the east, an’ the shadows was big, an’ the light dim, an’
the air full o’ whirlin’ snow; an’ men’s eyes was too wide an’ red an’
frightened t’ look with sure sight upon the world. An’ all the ice was
in a tumble o’ black water.... An’ the _Second t’ None_ went down....
An’ I ’lowed they wasn’t no room on my pan for nobody but me. But I seed
the shape of a man leap for my place. An’ I cursed un, an’ bade un go
farther, or I’d drown un. An’ he leaped for the pan that lied next,
where Jowl was afloat, with no room t’ spare. An’ Jowl hit quick an’
hard. He was waitin’, with his fists closed, when the black shape
landed; an’ he hit quick an’ hard without lookin’.... An’ I seed the
face in the water.... An’, oh, I knowed who ’twas!

“‘Dear God!’ says I.

“Jowl was now but a shape in the snow. ‘That you, Tumm?’ says he. ‘What
you sayin’?’

“’ Why didn’t you take time t’ _look_?’ says I. ‘Oh, Jowl! _why_ didn’t
you take time?’

“‘T’ look?’ says he.

“‘Dear God!’

“‘What you sayin’ that for, Tumm?’ says he. ‘What you mean, Tumm? ... My
God!’ says he, ‘what is I gone an’ done? Who _was_ that, Tumm? My God!
Tell me! What is I done?’

“I couldn’t find no words t’ tell un.

“‘Oh, make haste,’ says he, ‘afore I drifts away!’

“‘Dear God!’ says I, ‘’twas Toby!’

“An’ he fell flat on the ice....An’ I didn’t see Jowl no more for four
year. He was settled at Mad Tom’s Harbor then, where you seed un t’-day;
an’ his wife was dead, an’ he didn’t go no more t’ the Labrador, nor t’
the ice, but fished the Mad Tom grounds with hook-an’-line on quiet
days, an’ was turned timid, they said, with fear o’ the sea....”

                   *       *       *       *       *

The _Good Samaritan_ ran softly through the slow, sleepy sea, bound
across the bay to trade the ports of the shore.

“I tells you, sir,” Tumm burst out, “’tis hell. _Life_ is! Maybe not
where you hails from, sir; but ’tis on this coast. I ’low where you
comes from they don’t take lives t’ save their own?”

“Not to save their own,” said I.

He did not understand.



III—THE MINSTREL


Salim Awad, poet, was the son of Tanous—that orator. Having now lost at
love, he lay disconsolate on his pallet in the tenement overlooking the
soap factory. He would not answer any voice; nor would he heed the
gentle tap and call of old Khalil Khayyat, the tutor of his muse; nor
would he yield his sorrow to the music of Nageeb Fiani, called the
greatest player in all the world. For three hours Fiani, in the wail and
sigh of his violin, had expressed the woe of love through the key-hole;
but Salim Awad was not moved. No; the poet continued in desolation
through the darkness of that night, and through the slow, grimy,
unfeeling hours of day. He dwelt upon Haleema, Khouri’s daughter—she (as
he thought) of the tresses of night, the beautiful one. Salim was in
despair because this Haleema had chosen to wed Jimmie Brady, the
truckman. She loved strength more than the uplifted spirit; and this
maidens may do, as Salim knew, without reproach or injury.

When the dusk of the second day was gathered in his room, Salim looked
up, eased by the tender obscurity. In the cobble-stoned street below the
clatter of traffic had subsided; there were the shuffle and patter of
feet of the low-born of his people, the murmur of voices, soft laughter,
the plaintive cries of children—the dolorous medley of a summer night.
Beyond the fire-escape, far past the roof of the soap factory, lifted
high above the restless Western world, was the starlit sky; and Salim
Awad, searching its uttermost depths, remembered the words of Antar,
crying in his heart: “_I pass the night regarding the stars of night in
my distraction. Ask the night of me, and it will tell thee that I am the
ally of sorrow and of anguish. I live desolate; there is no one like me.
I am the friend of grief and of desire._”

                   *       *       *       *       *

The band was playing in Battery Park; the weird music of it, harsh,
incomprehensible, an alien love-song—

  “Hello, mah baby,
  Hello, mah honey,
  Hello, mah rag-time girl!”
drifted in at the open window with a breeze from the sea. But by this
unmeaning tumult the soul of Salim Awad, being far removed, was not
troubled; he remembered, again, the words of Antar, addressed to his
beloved, repeating: “_In thy forehead is my guide to truth; and in the
night of thy tresses I wander astray. Thy bosom is created as an
enchantment. O may God protect it ever in that perfection! Will fortune
ever, O daughter of Malik, ever bless me with thy embrace? That would
cure my heart of the sorrows of love._”

                   *       *       *       *       *

And again the music of the band in Battery Park drifted up the murmuring
street,

                  “_Just_ one girl,
                   Only _just_ one girl!
  There are others, I know, but they’re _not_ my pearl.
                   _Just_ one girl,
                   Only just one girl!
  I’d be happy forever with _just_ one girl!”

and came in at the open window with the idle breeze; and Salim heard
nothing of the noise, but was grateful for the cool fingers of the wind
softly lifting the hair from his damp brow.

It must be told—and herein is a mystery—that this same Salim, who had
lost at love, now from the darkness of his tenement room contemplating
the familiar stars, wise, remote, set in the uttermost heights of heaven
beyond the soap factory, was by the magic of this great passion inspired
to extol the graces of his beloved Haleema, Khouri’s daughter, star of
the world, and to celebrate his own despair, the love-woe of Salim, the
noble-born, the poet, the lover, the brokenhearted. Without meditation,
as he has said, without brooding or design, as should occur, but rather,
taking from the starlit infinitude beyond the soap factory, seizing from
the mist of his vision and from the blood of agony dripping from his
lacerated heart, he fashioned a love-song so exquisite and frail, so shy
of contact with unfeeling souls, that he trembled in the presence of
this beauty, for the moment forgetting his desolation, and conceived
himself an instrument made of men, wrought of mortal hands, unworthy,
which the fingers of angels had touched in alleviation of the sorrows of
love.

Thereupon Salim Awad arose, and he made haste to Khalil Khayyat to tell
him of this thing....

This same Khalil Khayyat, lover of children, that poet and mighty
editor, the tutor of the young muse of this Salim—this patient gardener
of the souls of men, wherein he sowed seeds of the flowers of the
spirit—this same Khalil, poet, whose delight was in the tender bloom of
sorrow and despair—this old Khayyat, friend of Salim, the youth, the
noble-born, sat alone in the little back room of Nageeb Fiani, the
pastry-cook and greatest player in all the world. And his narghile was
glowing; the coal was live and red, showing as yet no gray ash, and the
water bubbled by fits and starts, and the alien room, tawdry in its
imitation of the Eastern splendor, dirty, flaring and sputtering with
gas, was clouded with the sweet-smelling smoke. To the coffee, perfume
rising with the steam from the delicate vessel, nor to the rattle of
dice and boisterous shouts from the outer room, was this Khalil
attending; for he had the evening dejection to nurse. He leaned over the
green baize table, one long, lean brown hand lying upon _Kawkab
Elhorriah_ of that day, as if in affectionate pity, and his lean brown
face was lifted in a rapture of anguish to the grimy ceiling; for the
dream of the writing had failed, as all visions of beauty must fail in
the reality of them, and there had been no divine spark in the labor of
the day to set the world aflame against Abdul-Hamid, Sultan,
slaughterer.

To him, then, at this moment of inevitable reaction, the love-lorn
Salim, entering in haste.

“Once more, Salim,” said Khalil Khayyat, sadly, “I have failed.”

Salim softly closed the door.

“I am yet young, Salim,” the editor added, with an absent smile, in
which was no bitterness at all, but the sweetness of long suffering. “I
am yet young,” he repeated, “for in the beginning of my labor I hope.”

Salim turned the key.

“I am but a child,” Khalil Khayyat declared, his voice, now lifted,
betraying despair. “I dream in letters of fire: I write in shadows. In
my heart is a flame: from the point of my pen flows darkness. I proclaim
a revolution: I hear loud laughter and the noise of dice. Salim,” he
cried, “I am but a little child: when night falls upon the labor of my
day I remember the morning!”

“Khalil!”

Khalil Khayyat was thrilled by the quality of this invocation.

“Khalil of the exalted mission, friend, poet, teacher of the aspiring,”
Salim Awad whispered, leaning close to the ear of Khalil Khayyat, “a
great thing has come to pass.”

Khayyat commanded his ecstatic perturbation.

“Hist!” Salim ejaculated. “Is there not one listening at the door?”

“There is no one, Salim; it is the feet of Nageeb the coffee-boy,
passing to the table of Abosamara, the merchant.”

Salim hearkened.

“There is no one, Salim.”

“There is a breathing at the key-hole, Khalil,” Salim protested. “This
great thing must not be known.”

“There is no one, Salim,” said Khalil Khayyat. “I have heard Abosamara
call these seven times. Being rich, he is brutal to such as serve. The
sound is of the feet of the little Intelligent One. He bears coffee to
the impatient merchant. His feet are soft, by my training; they pass
like a whisper.... Salim, what is this great thing?”

“Nay, but, Khalil, I hesitate: the thing must not be heard.”

“Even so,” said Khalil Khayyat, contemptuously, being still a poet; “the
people are of the muck of the world; they are common, they are not of
our blood and learning. How shall they understand that which they hear?”

“Khalil,” Salim Awad answered, reassured, “I have known a great moment!”

“A great moment?” said Khalil Khayyat, being both old and wise. “Then it
is because of agony. There has issued from this great pain,” said he,
edging, in his artistic excitement, toward the victim of the muse, “a
divine poem of love?”

Salim Awad sighed.

“Is it not so, Salim?”

Salim Awad flung himself upon the green baize table; and so great was
his despair that the coffee-cup of Khalil Khayyat jumped in its saucer.
“I have suffered: I have lost at love,” he answered. “I have been
wounded; I bleed copiously. I lie alone in a desert. My passion is
hunger and thirst and a gaping wound. From fever and the night I cry
out. Whence is my healing and satisfaction? Nay, but, Khalil, devoted
friend,” he groaned, looking up, “I have known the ultimate sorrow.
Haleema!” cried he, rising, hands clasped and uplifted, eyes looking far
beyond the alien, cobwebbed, blackened ceiling of the little back room
of Nageeb Fiani, the pastry-cook and greatest player in all the world.
“Haleema!” he cried, as it may meanly be translated. “Haleema—my sleep
and waking, night and day of my desiring soul, my thought and
heart-throb! Haleema—gone forever from me, the poet, the unworthy, fled
to the arms of the strong, the knowing, the manager of horses, the one
powerful and controlling! Haleema—beautiful one, fashioned of God, star
of the night of the sons of men, glory of the universe, appealing, of
the soft arms, of the bosom of sleep! Haleema—of the finger-tips of
healing, of the warm touch of solace, of the bed of rest! Haleema,
beautiful one, beloved, lost to me!... Haleema!... Haleema!...”

“God!” Khalil Khayyat ejaculated; “but this is indeed great poetry!”

Salim Awad collapsed.

“And from this,” asked Khalil Khayyat, cruel servant of art, being
hopeful concerning the issue, “there has come a great poem? There
_must_,” he muttered, “have come a love-song, a heart’s cry in comfort
of such as have lost at love.”

Salim Awad looked up from the table.

“A cry of patient anguish,” said Khalil Khayyat.

“Khalil,” said Salim Awad, solemnly, “the strings of my soul have been
touched by the hand of the Spirit.”

“By the Spirit?”

“The fingers of Infinite Woe.”

To this Khalil Khayyat made no reply, nor moved one muscle—save that his
hand trembled a little, and his eyes, which had been steadfastly
averted, suddenly searched the soul of Salim Awad. It was very still in
the little back room. There was the sputtering of the gas, the tread of
soft feet passing in haste to the kitchen, the clamor from the outer
room, where common folk were gathered for their pleasure, but no sound,
not so much as the drawing of breath, in the little room where these
poets sat, and continued in this silence, until presently Khalil Khayyat
drew very close to Salim Awad.

“Salim,” he whispered, “reveal this poem.”

“It cannot be uttered,” said Salim Awad.

Khalil Khayyat was by this amazed. “Is it then so great?” he asked.
“Then, Salim,” said he, “let it be as a jewel held in common by us of
all the world.”

“I am tempted!”

“I plead, Salim—I, Khalil Khayyat, the poet, the philosopher—I plead!”

“I may not share this great poem, Khalil,” said Salim Awad, commanding
himself, “save with such as have suffered as I have suffered.”

“Then,” answered Khalil Khayyat, triumphantly, “the half is mine!”

“Is yours, Khalil?”

“The very half, Salim, is the inheritance of my woe!”

“Khalil,” answered Salim Awad, rising, “attend!” He smiled, in the way
of youth upon the aged, and put an affectionate hand on the old man’s
shoulder. “My song,” said he, passionately, “may not be uttered; for in
all the world—since of these accidents God first made grief—there has
been no love-sorrow like my despair!”

Then, indeed, Khalil Khayyat knew that this same Salim Awad was a worthy
poet. And he was content; for he had known a young man to take of the
woe from his own heart and fashion a love-song too sublime for
revelation to the unfeeling world—which was surely poetry sufficient to
the day. He asked no more concerning the song, but took counsel with
Salim Awad upon his journey to Newfoundland, whither the young poet was
going, there in trade and travel to ease the sorrows of love. And he
told him many things about money and a pack, and how that, though
engaged in trade, a man might still journey with poetry; the one being
of place and time and necessity, and the other of the free and infinite
soul. Concerning the words spoken that night in farewell by these poets,
not so much as one word is known, though many men have greatly desired
to know, believing the moment to have been propitious for high speaking;
but not a word is to be written, not so much as a sigh to be described,
for the door was closed, and, as it strangely chanced, there was no ear
at the key-hole. But Nageeb Fiani, the greatest player in all the world,
entering upon the departure of Salim Awad, was addressed by Khalil
Khayyat.

“Nageeb,” said this great poet, “I have seen a minstrel go forth upon
his wandering.”

“Upon what journey does the singer go, Khalil?”

“To the north, Nageeb.”

“What song, Khalil, does the man sing by the way?”

“The song is in his heart,“ said Khalil Khayyat.

Abosamara, the merchant, being only rich, had intruded from his own
province. “Come!” cried he, in the way of the rich who are only rich.
“Come!” cried he, “how shall a man sing with his heart?”

Khalil Khayyat was indignant.

“Come!” Abosamara demanded, “how shall this folly be accomplished?”

“How shall the deaf understand these things?” answered Khalil Khayyat.

And this became a saying....

Hapless Harbor, of the Newfoundland French shore, gray, dispirited,
chilled to its ribs of rock—circumscribed by black sea and impenetrable
walls of mist. There was a raw wind swaggering out of the northeast upon
it: a mean, cold, wet wind—swaggering down the complaining sea through
the fog. It had the grounds in a frothy turmoil, the shore rocks
smothered in broken water, the spruce of the heads shivering, the world
of bleak hill and wooded valley all clammy to the touch; and—chiefest
triumph of its heartlessness—it had the little children of the place
driven into the kitchens to restore their blue noses and warm their
cracked hands. Hapless Harbor, then, in a nor’east blow, and a dirty
day—uncivil weather; an ugly sea, a high wind, fog as thick as cheese,
and, to top off with, a scowling glass. Still early spring—snow in the
gullies, dripping in rivulets to the harbor water; ice at sea, driving
with the variable, evil-spirited winds; perilous sailing and a wretched
voyage of it upon that coast. A mean season, a dirty day—a time to be in
harbor. A time most foul in feeling and intention, an hour to lie snug
in the lee of some great rock.

The punt of Salim Awad, double-reefed in unwilling deference to the
weather, had rounded Greedy Head soon after dawn, blown like a brown
leaf, Salim being bound in from Catch-as-Catch-Can with the favoring
wind. It was the third year of his wandering in quest of that ease of
the sorrows of love; and as he came into quiet water from the toss and
spray of the open, rather than a hymn in praise of the Almighty who had
delivered him from the grasping reach of the sea, from its cold fingers,
its green, dark, swaying grave—rather than this weakness—rather than
this Newfoundland habit of worship, he muttered, as Antar, that great
lover and warrior, had long ago cried from his soul: “_Under thy veil is
the rosebud of my life, and thine eyes are guarded with a multitude of
arrows; round thy tent is a lion-warrior, the sword’s edge, and the
spear’s point_”—which had nothing to do, indeed, with a nor’east gale
and the flying, biting, salty spray of a northern sea. But this Salim
had come in, having put out from Catch-as-Catch-Can when gray light
first broke upon the black, tumultuous world, being anxious to make
Hapless Harbor as soon as might be, as he had promised a child in the
fall of the year.

This Salim, poet, maker of the song that could not be uttered, tied up
at the stage-head of Sam Swuth, who knew the sail of that small craft,
and had lumbered down the hill to meet him.

“Pup of a day,” says Sam Swuth.

By this vulgarity Salim was appalled.

“Eh?” says Sam Swuth.

Salim’s pack, stowed amidships, was neatly and efficiently bound with
tarpaulin, the infinite mystery of which he had mastered; but his punt,
from stem to stern, swam deeply with water gathered on the way from
Catch-as-Catch-Can.

“Pup of a day,” says Sam Swuth.

“Oh my, no!” cried Salim Awad, shocked by this inharmony with his mood.
“Ver’ bad weather.”

“Pup of a day,” Sam Swuth insisted.

“Ver’ bad day,” said Salim Awad. “Ver’ beeg wind for thee punt.”

The pack was hoisted from the boat.

“An the glass don’t lie,” Sam Swuth promised, “they’s a sight dirtier
comin’.”

Salim lifted the pack to his back. “Ver’ beeg sea,” said he. “Ver’ bad
blow.”

“Ghost Rock breakin’?”

“Ver’ bad in thee Parlor of thee Devil,” Salim answered. “Ver’ long,
black hands thee sea have. Ver’ white finger-nail,” he laughed. “Eh?
Ver’ hong-ree hands. They reach for thee punt. But I am have escape,” he
added, with a proud little grin. “I am have escape. I—Salim! Ver’ good
sailor. Thee sea have not cotch _me_, you bet!”

“Ye’ll be lyin’ the night in Hapless?”

“Oh my, no! Ver’ poor business. I am mus’ go to thee Chain Teekle.”

Salim Awad went the round of mean white houses, exerting himself in
trade, according to the cure prescribed for the mortal malady of which
he suffered; but as he passed from door to door, light-hearted, dreaming
of Haleema, she of the tresses of night, wherein the souls of men
wandered astray, he still kept sharp lookout for Jamie Tuft, the young
son of Skipper Jim, whom he had come through the wind to serve. Salim
was shy—shy as a child; more shy than ever when bent upon some gentle
deed; and Jamie was shy, shy as lads are shy; thus no meeting chanced
until, when in the afternoon the wind had freshened, these two blundered
together in the lee of Bishop’s Rock, where Jamie was hiding his
humiliation, grief, and small body, but devoutly hoping, all the while,
to be discovered and relieved. It was dry in that place, and sheltered
from the wind; but between the Tickle heads, whence the harbor opened to
the sea, the gale was to be observed at work upon the run.

Salim stopped dead. Jamie grinned painfully and kicked at the road.

“Hello!” cried Salim.

“’Lo, Joe!” growled Jamie.

Salim sighed. He wondered concerning the amount Jamie had managed to
gather. Would it be sufficient to ease his conscience through the
transaction? The sum was fixed. Jamie must have the money or go wanting.
Salim feared to ask the question.

“I isn’t got it, Joe,” said Jamie.

“Oh my! Too bad!” Salim groaned.

“Not all of un,” added Jamie.

Salim took heart; he leaned close, whispering, in suspense: “How much
have you thee got?”

“Two twenty—an’ a penny.”

“Ver’ good!” cried Salim Awad, radiant. “Ver’, ver’ good! Look!” said
he: “you have wait three year for thee watch. Ver’ much you have want
thee watch. ‘Ha!’ I theenk; ’ver’ good boy, this—I mus’ geeve thee watch
to heem. No, no!’ I theenk; ’ver’ bad for thee boy. I mus’ not spoil
thee ver’ good boy. Make thee mon-ee,’ I say; ’catch thee feesh, catch
thee swile, then thee watch have be to you!’ Ver’ good. What happen?
Second year, I have ask about the mon-ee. Ver’ good. ‘I have got one
eighteen,’ you say. Oh my—no good! The watch have be three dollar. Oh
my! Then I theenk: ‘I have geeve the good boy thee watch for one
eighteen. Oh no, I mus’ not!’ I theenk; ‘ver’ bad for thee boy, an’ mos’
ver’ awful bad trade.’ Then I say, ‘I keep thee watch for one year
more.’ Ver’ good. Thee third year I am have come. Ver’ good. What you
say?‘ ‘I have thee two twenty-one,’ you say. Ver’, ver’ good. Thee price
of thee watch have be three dollar? No! Not this year. Thee price have
_not_ be three dollar.”

Jamie looked up in hope.

“Why not?” Salim Awad continued, in delight. “Have thee watch be spoil?
No, thee watch have be ver’ good watch. Have thee price go down? No;
thee price have not.”

Jamie waited in intense anxiety, while Salim paused to enjoy the
mystery.

“Have I then become to spoil thee boy?” Salim demanded. “No? Ver’ good.
How then can thee price of thee watch have be two twenty?”

Jamie could not answer.

“Ver’ good!” cried the delighted Salim. “Ver’, ver’ good! I am have tell
you. Hist!” he whispered.

Jamie cocked his ear.

“Hist!” said Salim Awad again.

They were alone—upon a bleak hill-side, in a wet, driving wind.

“I have be to New York,” Salim whispered, in a vast excitement of
secrecy and delight. “I am theenk: ‘Thee boy want thee watch. How thee
boy have thee watch? Thee good boy _mus’_ have thee watch. Oh, mygod!
how?’ I theenk. I theenk, an’ I theenk, an’ I theenk. Thee boy mus’ pay
fair price for thee watch. Ha! Thee Salim ver’ clever. He feex thee
price of thee watch, you bet! Eh! Ver’ good. How?”

Jamie was tapped on the breast; he looked into the Syrian’s wide,
delighted, mocking brown eyes—but could not fathom the mystery.

“How?” cried Salim. “Eh? How can the price come down?”

Jamie shook his head.

“_I have smuggle thee watch!_” Salim whispered.

“Whew!” Jamie whistled. “That’s sinful!”

“Thee watch it have be to you,” answered Salim, gently. “Thee sin,” he
added, bowing courteously, a hand on his heart, “it have be all my own!”

                   *       *       *       *       *

For a long time after Salim Awad’s departure, Jamie Tuft sat in the lee
of Bishop’s Rock—until indeed, the dark alien’s punt had fluttered out
to sea on the perilous run to Chain Tickle. It began to rain in great
drops; the sullen mood of the day was about to break in some wrathful
outrage upon the coast. Gusts of wind swung in and down upon the boy—a
cold rain, a bitter, rising wind. But Jamie still sat oblivious in the
lee of the rock. It was hard for him, unused to gifts, through all his
days unknown to favorable changes of fortune, to overcome his
astonishment—to enter into the reality of this possession. The like had
never happened before: never before had joy followed all in a flash upon
months of mournful expectation. He sat as still as the passionless rock
lifted behind him. It was a tragedy of delight. Two dirty, cracked,
toil-distorted hands—two young hands, aged and stained and malformed by
labor beyond their measure of strength and years to do—two hands and the
shining treasure within them: to these his world was, for the time,
reduced—the rest, the harsh world of rock and rising sea and harsher
toil and deprivation, was turned to mist; it was like a circle of fog.

Jamie looked up.

“By damn!” he thought, savagely, “’tis—’tis—_mine_!”

The character of the exclamation is to be condoned; this sense of
ownership had come like a vision.

“Why, I _got_ she!” thought Jamie.

Herein was expressed more of agonized dread, more of the terror that
accompanies great possessions, than of delight.

“Ecod!” he muttered, ecstatically; “she’s mine—she’s mine!”

The watch was clutched in a capable fist. It was not to be dropped, you
may be sure! Jamie looked up and down the road. There was no highwayman,
no menacing apparition of any sort, but the fear of some ghostly ravager
had been real enough. Presently the boy laughed, arose, moved into the
path, stood close to the verge of the steep, which fell abruptly to the
harbor water.

“I got t’ tell mamma,” he thought.

On the way to Jamie’s pocket went the watch.

“She’ll be that glad,” the boy thought, gleefully, “that she—she—she’ll
jus’ fair _cry_!”

There was some difficulty with the pocket.

“Yes, sir,” thought Jamie, grinning; “mamma’ll jus’ cry!”

The watch slipped from Jamie’s overcautious hand, struck the rock at his
feet, bounded down the steep, splashed into the harbor water, and
vanished forever....

                   *       *       *       *       *

A bad time at sea: a rising wind, spray on the wing, sheets of cold
rain—and the gray light of day departing. Salim Awad looked back upon
the coast; he saw no waste of restless water between, no weight and
frown of cloud above, but only the great black gates of Hapless Harbor,
beyond which, by the favor of God, he had been privileged to leave a
pearl of delight. With the wind abeam he ran on through the sudsy sea,
muttering, within his heart, as that great Antar long ago had cried:
“_Were I to say thy face is like the full moon of heaven, wherein that
full moon is the eye of the antelope? Were I to say thy shape is like
the branch of the erak tree, oh, thou shamest it in the grace of thy
form! In thy forehead is my guide to truth, and in the night of thy
tresses I wander astray!_”

And presently, having won Chain Tickle, he pulled slowly to Aunt
Amelia’s wharf, where he moored the punt, dreaming all the while of
Haleema, Khouri’s daughter, star of the world. Before he climbed the
hill to the little cottage, ghostly in the dusk and rain, he turned
again to Hapless Harbor. The fog had been blown away; beyond the heads
of the Tickle—far across the angry run—the lights of Hapless were
shining cheerily.

“Ver’ good sailor—me!” thought Salim. “Ver’ good hand, you bet!”

A gust of wind swept down the Tickle and went bounding up the hill.

“He not get me!” muttered Salim between bared teeth.

A second gust showered the peddler with water snatched from the harbor.

“Ver’ glad to be in,” thought Salim, with a shudder, turning now from
the black, tumultuous prospect. “Ver’ mos’ awful glad to be in!”

[Illustration: THE DARK, SMILING SALIM, WITH HIS MAGIC PACK, WAS
WELCOME]

It was cosey in Aunt Amelia’s hospitable kitchen. The dark, smiling
Salim, with his magic pack, was welcome. The wares displayed—no more for
purchase than for the delight of inspection—Salim stowed them away, sat
himself by the fire, gave himself to ease and comfort, to the delight of
a cigarette, and to the pleasure of Aunt Amelia’s genial chattering. The
wind beat upon the cottage—went on, wailing, sighing, calling—and in the
lulls the breaking of the sea interrupted the silence. An hour—two
hours, it may be—and there was the tramp of late-comers stumbling up the
hill. A loud knocking, then entered for entertainment three gigantic
dripping figures—men of Catch-as-Catch-Can, bound down to Wreckers’ Cove
for a doctor, but now put in for shelter, having abandoned hope of
winning farther through the gale that night. Need o’ haste? Ay; but what
could men do? No time t’ take a skiff t’ Wreckers’ Cove in a wind like
this! ’Twould blow your hair off beyond the Tickle heads. Hard enough
crossin’ the run from Hapless Harbor. An’ was there a cup o’ tea an’ a
bed for the crew o’ them? They’d be under way by dawn if the wind fell.
Ol’ Tom Luther had t’ have a doctor _somehow_, whatever come of it!

“Hello, Joe!” cried the one.

Salim rose and bowed.

“Heared tell ’t Hapless Harbor you was here-abouts.”

“Much ’bliged,” Salim responded, courteously, bowing again. “Ver’ much
’bliged.”

“Heared tell you sold a watch t’ Jim Tuft’s young one?”

“Ver’ good watch,” said Salim.

“Maybe,” was the response.

Salim blew a puff of smoke with light grace toward the white rafters. He
was quite serene; he anticipated, now, a compliment, and was fashioning,
of his inadequate English, a dignified sentence of acknowledgment.

“Anyhow,” drawled the man from Catch-as-Catch-Can, “she won’t go no
more.”

Salim looked up bewildered.

“Overboard,” the big man explained.

“W’at!” cried Salim.

“Dropped her.”

Salim trembled. “He have—drop thee—watch?” he demanded. “No, no!” he
cried. “The boy have not drop thee watch!”

“Twelve fathoms o’ water.”

“Oh, mygod! Oh, dear me!” groaned Salim Awad. He began to pace the
floor, wringing his hands. They watched him in amazement. “Oh, mygod!
Oh, gracious! He have drop thee watch!” he continued. “Oh, thee poor
broke heart of thee boy! Oh, my! He have work three year for thee watch.
He have want thee watch so ver’ much. Oh, thee great grief of thee poor
boy! I am mus’ go,” said he, with resolution. “I am mus’ go to thee
Hapless at thee once. I am mus’ cure thee broke heart of thee poor boy.
Oh, mygod! Oh, dear!” They scorned the intention, for the recklessness
of it; they bade him listen to the wind, the rain on the roof, the growl
and thud of the breakers; they called him a loon for his folly. “Oh,
mygod!” he replied; “you have not understand. Thee broke heart of thee
child! Eh? W’at you know? Oh, thee ver’ awful pain of thee broke heart.
Eh? I know. I am have thee broke heart. I am have bear thee ver’ awful
bad pain.”

Aunt Amelia put a hand on Salim’s arm.

“I am mus’ go,” said the Syrian, defiantly.

“Ye’ll not!” the woman declared.

“I am mus’ go to thee child.”

“Ye’ll not lose your life, will ye?”

The men of Catch-as-Catch-Can were incapable of a word; they were amazed
beyond speech. ’Twas a new thing in their experience. They had put out
in a gale to fetch the doctor, all as a matter of course; but this risk
to ease mere woe—and that of a child! They were astounded.

“Oh yes!” Salim answered. “For thee child.”

“Ye fool!”

Salim looked helplessly about. He was nonplussed. There was no
encouragement anywhere to be descried. Moreover, he was bewildered that
they should not understand!

“For thee child—yes,” he repeated.

They did but stare.

“Thee broke heart,” he cried, “of thee li’l child!”

No response was elicited.

“Oh, dear me!” groaned the poet. “You _mus’_ see. It is a child!”

A gust was the only answer.

“Oh, mygod!” cried Salim Awad, poet, who had wandered astray in the
tresses of night. “Oh, dear me! Oh, gee!”

Without more persuasion, he prepared himself for this high mission in
salvation of the heart of a child; and being no longer deterred, he put
out upon it—having no fear of the seething water, but a great pity for
the incomprehension of such as knew it best. It was a wild night; the
wind was a vicious wind, the rain a blinding mist, the night thick and
unkind, the sea such in turmoil as no punt could live through save by
grace. Beyond Chain Tickle, Salim Awad entered the thick of that gale,
but was not perturbed; for he remembered, rather than recognized the
menace of the water, the words of that great lover, Antar, warrior and
lover, who, from the sands of isolation, sang to Abla, his beloved:
“_The sun as it sets turns toward her and says, Darkness obscures the
land, do thou arise in my absence. And the brilliant moon calls out to
her, Come forth, for thy face is like me when I am at the full and in
all my glory._”

The hand upon the steering-oar of this punt, cast into an ill-tempered,
cold, dreary, evil-intentioned northern sea, was without agitation, the
hand upon the halyard was perceiving and sure, the eye of intelligence
was detached from romance; but still the heart remembered: “_The
tamarisk-trees complain of her in the morn and in the eve, and say,
Away, thou waning beauty, thou form of the laurel! She turns away
abashed, and throws aside her veil, and the roses are scattered from her
soft, fresh cheeks. Graceful is every limb, slender her waist,
love-beaming are her glances, waving is her form. The lustre of day
sparkles from her forehead, and by the dark shades of her curling
ringlets night itself is driven away._”

The lights of Hapless Harbor dwindled; one by one they went out, a last
message of wariness; but still there shone, bright and promising
continuance, a lamp of Greedy Head, whereon the cottage of Skipper Jim
Tuft, the father of Jamie, was builded.

“I will have come safe,” thought Salim, “if thee light of Jamie have
burn on.”

It continued to burn.

“It is because of thee broke heart,” thought Salim.

The light was not put out: Salim Awad—this child of sand and heat and
poetry—made harbor in the rocky north; and he was delighted with the
achievement. But how? I do not know. ’Twas a marvellous thing—thus to
flaunt through three miles of wind-swept, grasping sea. A gale of wind
was blowing—a gale to compel schooners to reef—ay, and to double reef,
and to hunt shelter like a rabbit pursued: this I have been told, and
for myself know, because I was abroad, Cape Norman way. No
Newfoundlander could have crossed the run from Chain Tickle to Hapless
Harbor at that time; the thing is beyond dispute; ’twas a feat
impossible—with wind and lop and rain and pelting spray to fight. But
this poet, desert born and bred, won through, despite the antagonism of
all alien enemies, cold and wet and vigorous wind: this poet won
through, led by Antar, who said: “_Thy bosom is created as an
enchantment. Oh, may God protect it ever in that perfection_,” and by
his great wish to ease the pain of a child, and by his knowledge of wind
and sea, gained by three years of seeking for the relief of the sorrows
of love.

“Ver’ good sailor,” thought Salim Awad, as he tied up at Sam Swuth’s
wharf.

’Twas a proper estimate. “Ver’ good,” he repeated. “Ver’ beeg good.”

Then this Salim, who had lost at love, made haste to the cottage of
Skipper Jim Tuft, wherein was the child Jamie, who had lost the watch.
He entered abruptly from the gale—recognizing no ceremony of knocking,
as why should he? There was discovered to him a dismal group: Skipper
Jim, Jamie’s mother, Jamie—all in the uttermost depths. “I am come!”
cried he. “I—Salim Awad—I am come from thee sea! I am come from thee
black night—I am come wet from thee rain—I am escape thee hands of thee
sea! I am come—I, Salim Awad, broke of thee heart!” ’Twas a surprising
thing to the inmates of that mean, hopeless place. “I am come,” Salim
repeated, posing dramatically—“I, Salim—I am come!” ’Twas no more than
amazement he confronted. “To thee help of thee child,” he repeated. “Eh?
To thee cure of thee broke heart.” There was no instant response. Salim
drew a new watch from his pocket. “I have come from thee ver’ mos’ awful
sea with thee new watch. Eh? Ver’ good. I am fetch thee cure of thee
broke heart to thee poor child.” There was no doubt about the efficacy
of the cure. ’Twas a thing evident and delightful. Salim was wet, cold,
disheartened by the night and weather; but the response restored him.
“Thee watch an’ thee li’l’ chain, Jamie,” said he, with a bow most
polite, “it is to you.”

Jamie grabbed the watch.

“Ver’ much ’bliged,” said Salim.

“Thanks,” said Jamie.

And in this cheap and simple way Salim Awad restored the soul of Jamie
Tuft and brought happiness to all that household.

                   *       *       *       *       *

And now, when the news of this feat came to the ears of Khalil Khayyat,
the editor, as all news must come, he sought the little back room of
Nageeb Fiani, the greatest player in all the world, with the letter in
his hand. Presently he got his narghile going, and a cup of perfumed
coffee before him on the round, green baize table; and he was very
happy—what with the narghile and the coffee and the letter from the
north. There was hot weather, the sweat and complaint of the tenements;
there was the intermittent roar and shriek of the Elevated trains
rounding the curve to South Ferry; there was the street murmur and gasp,
the noise of boisterous voices and the click of dice in the outer room;
but by these Khalil Khayyat was not disturbed. Indeed not; there was a
matter of the poetry of reality occupying his attention. He called
Nageeb, the little Intelligent One, who came with soft feet; and he bade
the little one summon to his presence Nageeb Fiani, the artist, the
greatest player in all the world, who came, deferentially, wondering
concerning this important message from the poet.

“Nageeb,” said Khalil Khayyat, “there has come a letter from the north.”

Nageeb assented.

“It concerns Salim,” said Khayyat.

“What has this Salim accomplished,” asked Nageeb Fiani, “in alleviation
of the sorrows of love?”

Khayyat would not answer.

“Tell me,” Nageeb pleaded.

“This Salim,” said Khalil Khayyat, “made a song that could not be
uttered. It is well,” said Khalil Khayyat. “You remember?”

Nageeb remembered.

“Then know this,” said Khalil Khayyat, abruptly, “the song he could not
utter he sings in gentle deeds. It is a great song; it is too great for
singing—it must be lived. This Salim,” he added, “is the greatest poet
that ever lived. He expresses his sublime and perfect compositions in
dear deeds. He is, indeed, a great poet.”

Nageeb Fiani thought it great argument for poetry; so, too, Khalil
Khayyat.



IV—THE SQUALL


TUMM of the _Good Samaritan_ kicked the cabin stove into a sputter and
roar of flame so lusty that the black weather of Jump Harbor was
instantly reduced from arrogant and disquieting menace to an impression
of contrast grateful to the heart. “Not bein’ a parson,” said he, roused
now from a brooding silence by this radiant inspiration, “I isn’t much
of a hand at accountin’ for the mysteries o’ God; an’ never havin’ made
a world, I isn’t no critic o’ creation. Still an’ all,” he persisted, in
a flash of complaint, “it did seem t’ me, somehow, accordin’ t’ my
lights, which wasn’t trimmed at no theological college, that the Maker
o’ Archibald Shott o’ Jump Harbor hadn’t been quite kind t’ Arch.” The
man shifted his feet in impatient disdain, then laughed—a gently
contemptuous shaft, directed at his insolence: perhaps, too, at his
ignorance. It fell to a sigh, however, which continued expression,
presently, in a glance of poignant bewilderment. “Take un by an’ all,”
he pursued, “I was wonderful sorry for Arch. Seemed t’ me, sir, though
he bore the sign o’ the Lord’s own hand, as do us all, that he’d but a
mean lookout for gracious livin’, after all.

“Poor Archibald Shott!

“‘Arch, b’y,’ says I, ‘you got the disposition of a snake.’

“‘Is I?’ says he. ‘Maybe you’re right, Tumm. I never knowed a snake in a
intimate way.’

“‘You got the soul,’ said I, ‘of a ill-born squid.’

“‘Don’t know,’ said he; ‘never _seed_ a squid’s soul.’

“‘Your tongue,’ says I, ‘is a flame o’ fire; ’tis a wonder t’ me she
haven’t blistered your lips long afore this.’

“‘Isn’t _my_ fault,’ says he.

“‘No?’ says I. ‘Then who’s t’ blame?’

“‘Well,’ says he, ‘God made me.’

“‘Anyhow,’ said I, ‘you’ve took t’ the devil’s alterations an’
improvements like a imp t’ hell fire.’”

Tumm dropped into an angry muse....

We had put in from the sea off the Harborless Shore, balked by a
screaming Newfoundland northwester, allied with fog and falling night,
from rounding Taunt Head, beyond which lay the snug harbor and waiting
fish of Candlestick Cove. It had been labor enough, enough of cold, of
sleety wind and anxious watching, to send the crew to berth in sleepy
confusion when the teacups were emptied. Tumm and I sat in the
companionable seclusion of the trader’s cabin, the schooner lying at
ease in the shelter of Jump Harbor. In the pause, led by the wind from
this warmth and peace and light to the reaches of frothy coast, I
recalled the cliffs of Black Bight, upon which, as I had been told in
the gray gale of that day, the inevitable had overtaken Archibald Shott.
They sprang clear from the breakers, an expanse of black rock, barren as
a bone, as it seemed in the sullen light, rising to a veil of fog,
which, floating higher than our foremast, kept their topmost places in
forbidding mystery. We had come about within stone’s-throw, so that the
bleak walls, echoing upon us, doubled the thunder of the sea. They
inclined from the water: I bore this impression away as the schooner
darted from their proximity—an impression, too, of ledges, crevices,
broken surfaces. In that tumultuous commotion, perhaps, flung then
against my senses, I had small power to observe; but I fancied, I
recall, that a nimble man, pursued by fear, might scale the Black Bight
cliffs. There was imperative need, however, of knowing the way, else
there might be neither advance nor turning back....

                   *       *       *       *       *

“Seemed t’ be made jus’ o’ leavin’s, Arch did,” Tumm resumed, with a
little twitch of scorn: “jus’ knocked t’gether,” said he, “with scraps
an’ odds an’ ends from the loft an’ floor. But whatever, an a man had no
harsh feelin’ again’ a body patched up out o’ the shavin’s o’ bigger
folk, a lean, long-legged, rickety sort o’ carcass, like t’ break in the
grip of a real man,” he continued, “nor bore no grudge again’ high
cheek-bones, skimped lips, a ape’s forehead, an’ pale-green eyes, sot
close to a nose like a axe an’ pushed a bit too far back, why, then,” he
concluded, with a largely generous wave, “they wasn’t a deal o’ fault t’
be found with the looks o’ Archibald Shott. Wasn’t no reason ever _I_
seed why Arch shouldn’t o’ wed any maid o’ nineteen harbors an’ lived a
sober, righteous, an’ fatherly life till the sea cotched un. But it
seemed, somehow, that Arch must fall in love with the maid o’ Jump
Harbor that was promised t’ Slow Jim Tool—a lovely lass, sir, believe
_me_: a dimpled, rosy, towheaded, ripplin’ sort o’ maid, as soft as
feathers an’ as plump as a oyster, with a disposition like sunshine
an’—an’—well, _flowers_. She was a wonderful dear an’ tender lass, quick
t’ smile, sir, quick as the sea in a sunlit southerly wind, an’ quick t’
cry, too, God bless her! in sympathy with the woes o’ folk.

“‘Arch,’ says I, wind-bound in the _Curly Head_ at Jump Harbor, ‘don’t
you _do_ it.’

“‘Love,’ says he, ‘is queer.’

“‘Maybe,’ says I; ‘but keep off. You go,’ says I, ‘an’ get a maid o’
your own.’

“‘_Wonderful_ queer,’ says he. ‘’Twouldn’t s’prise me, Tumm,’ says he,
‘if a man failed in love with a fish-hook.’

“‘Well,’ says I, ‘’Lizabeth All isn’t no fish-hook. She’ve red cheeks
an’ blue eyes an’ as soft an’ round a body as a man ever clapped eyes
on. Her hair,’ says I, ‘is a glory; an’, Arch,’ says I, ‘why, she
_pities_!’

“‘True,’ says he; ‘but it falls far short.’

“‘How far?’ says I.

“‘Well,’ says he, ‘you left out her muscles.’

“‘Look you, Arch!’ says I; ‘you isn’t nothin’ but a mean man. They isn’t
nothin’ that’s low an’ cruel an’ irreligious that you can’t be
comfortable shipmates with. Understand me? They isn’t nothin’ that can’t
be spoke of in the presence o’ women an’ children that isn’t as good as
a Sunday-school treat t’ you. It doesn’t scare you t’ know that the
things o’ your delight would ruin God’s own world an they had their way.
Understand me?’ says I, bein’ bound, now, to make it plain. ‘An’ now,’
says I, ‘what you got t’ give, anyhow, for the heart an’ sweet looks o’
this maid? Is you thinkin’,’ says I, ‘that she’ve a hankerin’ after your
dried beef body an’ pill of a soul?’

“‘Never you mind,’ says he.

“‘Speak up!’ says I. ‘What you got t’ _trade_?’

“‘Well,’ says he, ‘I’m clever.’

“‘’Tis small cleverness t’ think,’ says I, ‘that in these parts a ounce
o’ brains is as good as a hundredweight o’ chest an’ shoulders.’

“‘You jus’ wait an’ see,’ says he.

“Seems that Jim Tool was a big man with a curly head an’ a maid’s gray
eyes. He was wonderful solemn an’ soft an’ slow—so slow, believe _me_,
sir, that he wouldn’t quite know till to-morrow what he found out
yesterday. If you spat in his face to-day, sir, he might drop in any
time toward the end o’ next week an’ knock you down; but if he put it
off for a fortnight, why, ’twouldn’t be so wonderful s’prisin’. I ’low
he was troubled a deal by the world. ’Twas all a mystery to un. He went
about, sir, with his brows drawed down an’ a look o’ wonder an’ s’prise
an’ pity on his big, kind, pink-an’-white face. He was _always_
s’prised; never seemed t’ _expect_ nothin’—never seemed t’ be ready. I
’low it shocked un t’ pull a fish over the side. ‘Dear man!’ says he.
‘Well, well!’ What he done when ’Lizabeth All first kissed un ’tis past
me t’ tell. I ’low that shootin’ wouldn’t o’ shocked un more. An’ how
long it took un t’ wake up an’ really feel that kiss—how many days o’
wonder an’ s’prise an’ doubt—’twould take a parson t’ reckon. Anyhow,
she loved un: I knows she did—she loved un, sir, because he was big an’
kind an’ curly-headed, which was enough for ’Lizabeth All, I ’low, an’
might be enough for any likely maid o’ Newf’un’land.”

I dropped a birch billet in the stove.

“Anyhow,” said Tumm, moodily, “it didn’t last long.”

The fire crackled a genial accompaniment to the tale of Slow Jim
Tool....

                   *       *       *       *       *

“Well, now,” Tumm continued, “Slow Jim Tool an’ Archibald Shott o’ Jump
Harbor was cast away in the _Dimple_ at Creep Head o’ the Labrador.
Bein’ wrecked seamen, they come up in the mail-boat; an’ it so happened,
sir, that ’long about Run-by-Guess, with the fog thick, an’ dusk near
come, Archibald Short managed t’ steal a Yankee’s gold watch an’ sink un
in the pocket o’ Slow Jim Tool. ’Twas s’prisin’ t’ Jim. Fact is, when
they cotched un with the prope’ty, sir, Jim ’lowed he never knowed when
he done it—never knowed he _could_ do it. ‘Ecod!’ says he; ‘now that
s’prises _me_. I mus’ o’ stole that there watch in my sleep. Well,
well!’ S’prised un a deal more, they says, when a brass-buttoned
constable come aboard at Tilt Cove’ an’ took un in charge in the Queen’s
name. ‘_In the Queen’s name!_’ says Jim. ‘What’s that? In the Queen’s
name? Dear man!’ says he; ‘but this is awful! An’ I never knows when I
done it!’ ’Twas more s’prisin’ still when they haled un past Jump
Harbor. ‘Why,’ says he, ‘I wants t’ go home an’ see ’Lizabeth All. Why,’
says he, ‘I got t’ talk it over with ‘Lizabeth!’ ‘You can’t,’ says the
constable. ‘But,’ says Jim, ‘I _got_ t’. Why,’ says he, ‘I always
_have_.’ ‘Now,’ says the constable, ‘don’t you make no trouble.’ So Jim
was s’prised again; but when the judge give un a year t’ repent an’ make
brooms in chokee t’ St. John’s he was _so_ s’prised, they says, that he
never come to his senses till he landed back at Jump Harbor an’ was
kissed seven times by ’Lizabeth All in the sight o’ the folk o’ that
place. An’ even after that, I’m told—ay, through a season’s fishin’—he
pondered a deal more’n was good for un. Ashore an’ afloat, ’twas all the
same. ‘Well, well!’ says he. ‘Dear man! I wonders how I done it. Arch,’
says he, ‘you was aboard; can’t _you_ throw no light?’ Arch ’lowed he
might an he but tried, but wouldn’t. ‘Might interfere,’ says he, ‘atween
you an’ ’Lizabeth.’ ‘But,’ says Jim, ‘as a friend?’

“‘Well,’ says Arch, ‘’riginal sin.’

“‘’Riginal sin!’ says Jim. ‘Dear man! but I mus’ have got my share!’

“‘You is,’ says Arch. ‘’Tis plain in your face. You looks low and
vicious. ‘Riginal sin, Jim,’ says he, ‘marks a man.’

“‘Think so?’ says Jim. ‘I’m sorry I got it.’

“‘An’ look you!’ says Arch; ‘you better be wonderful careful about
unshippin’ wickedness on ’Lizabeth.’

“‘On ‘Lizabeth?’ says Jim. ‘What you mean? God knows,’ says he, ‘I’d not
hurt ’Lizabeth.’

“‘Then ponder,’ says Arch. ‘’Riginal sin is made you a thief an’ a
jailbird. Ponder, Jim—ponder!’

“Now,” cries Tumm, in an outburst of feeling, “what you think ’Lizabeth
All done?”

I was confused by the question.

“Why,” Tumm answered, “it didn’t make no difference t’ she!”

I was not surprised.

“Not s’prised!” cries Tumm. “No,” he snapped, indignantly, “nor neither
was Slow Jim Tool.”

Of course not!

“Nobody knows nothin’ about a woman,” said Tumm; “least of all, the
woman. An’, anyhow,” he resumed, “’Lizabeth All didn’t care. Why, God
save you, sir!” he burst out, “she loved the shoulders an’ soul o’ Slow
Jim Tool too much t’ care. ’Tis a woman’s way; an’ a woman’s true love
so passes the knowledge o’ men that faith in God is a lesson in A B C
beside it. Well,” he continued, “sailin’ the _Give an’ Take_ that fall,
I was cotched in the early freeze-up, an’ us put the winter in at Jump
Harbor, with a hold full o’ fish an’ every married man o’ the crew in a
righteous rage. An’ as for ’Lizabeth, why, when us cleared the
school-room, when ol’ Bill Bump fiddled up with the accordion ‘’Money
Musk’ an’ ‘_Pop_ Goes the Weasel,’ when he sung out, ‘Balance!’ an’
‘H’ist her, lad!’ when the jackets was throwed aside an’ the boots was
cast off, why, ’Lizabeth All jus’ fair _clinged_ t’ that there big,
gray-eyed, pink-an’-white Slow Jim Tool! ’Twas a pretty sight t’ watch
her, sir, plump an’ winsome an’ yellow-haired, float like a sea-gull
over the school-room floor—t’ see her blushes an’ smiles an’ eyes o’
love. It done me good. I ’lowed I wished I was young again—an’ big an’
slow an’ kind an’ curly-headed. But lookin’ about, sir, it seemed t’ me,
as best I could understand, that a regiment o’ little devils was
stickin’ red-hot fish-forks into the vitals o’ Archibald Shott; an’ then
I ’lowed, somehow, that maybe I was jus’ as well off as I was. I got a
look in his eyes, sir, afore the night was done; an’ it jus’ seemed t’
me that the Lord had give me a peep into hell.

“’Twas more’n Archibald Shott could carry. ‘Tumm,’ says he, nex’ day, ‘I
’low I’ll move.’

“‘Where to?’ says I.

“‘’Low I’ll jack my house down t’ the ice,’ says he, ‘an’ haul she over
t’ Deep Cove. I’ve growed tired,’ says he, ‘o’ fishin’ Jump Harbor.’

“Well, now, they wasn’t no prayer-meetin’ held t’ keep Archibald Shott
t’ Jump Harbor. The lads o’ the place an’ the crew o’ the _Give an’
Take_ turned to an’ jerked that house across the bay t’ Deep Cove like a
gale o’ wind. They wasn’t nothin’ left o’ Archibald Shott at Jump Harbor
but the bare spot on the rocks where the house used t’ be. When ’twas
all over with, Arch come back t’ say good-bye; an’ he took Slow Jim Tool
t’ the hills, an’, ‘Jim,’ says he, ‘you knows where my house used t’ be?
Hist!’ says he, ‘I wants t’ tell you: is you able t’ hold a secret?
Well,’ says he, ‘I wouldn’t go pokin’ ’round in the dirt there. You
leave that place be. They isn’t nothin’ there that you’d like t’ have.
Understand? _Don’t go pokin’ ’round in the dirt where my ol’ house was._
But if you does,’ says he, ‘an’ if you finds anything you wants, why,
you can keep it, and not be obliged t’ me.’ So Jim begun pokin’ ’round;
being human, he jus’ couldn’t help it. He poked an’ poked, till they
wasn’t no sense in pokin’ no more; an’ then he ’lowed he’d give
’Lizabeth a wonderful s’prise in the spring, no matter what it cost.
‘Archibald Shott,’ says he, ‘is a kind man. You jus’ wait, ’Lizabeth,
an’ _see_.’ And in the spring, sure enough, off he sot for Chain Tickle,
where ol’ Jonas Williams have a shop an’ a store, t’ fetch ’Lizabeth a
pink ostrich feather she’d seed in Jonas’s trader two year afore. She
’lowed that ’twas a wonderful sight o’ money t’ lay out on a feather,
when he got back; but he says: ‘Oh no, ’Lizabeth; the money wasn’t no
trouble t’ get.’

“‘No trouble?’ says she.

“‘Why, no,’ says he; ‘no trouble t’ speak of. I jus’ sort o’ poked
around an’ picked it up.’

“About a week after ’Lizabeth All had first wore that pink feather t’
meetin’ a constable come ashore from the mail-boat an’ tapped Slow Jim
Tool on the shoulder.

“‘What you do that for?’ says Jim.

“‘In the Queen’s name!’ says the constable.

“‘My God!’ says Jim. ‘What is I been doin’?’

“‘Counterfeitin’,’ says the constable.

“‘Counter-fittin’!’ says Jim. ‘What’s that?’

“They says,” Tumm sighed, “that poor Jim Tool was wonderful s’prised t’
be give two year in chokee t’ St. John’s for passin’ lead shillin’s; for
look you! Jim didn’t _know_ they was lead.”

“And Elizabeth?” I ventured.

“Up an’ died,” he drawled....

                   *       *       *       *       *

“Well, now,” Tumm proceeded, “’twas three year later that Jim Tool an’
Archibald Shott an’ me was shipped from Twillingate aboard the _Billy_
_Boy_ t’ fish the Labrador below Mugford along o’ Skipper Alex Tuttle.
Jim Tool was more slow an’ solemn an’ puzzled ’n ever I knowed un t’ be
afore; an’ he was so wonderful shy o’ Archibald Shott that Arch ’lowed
he’d have the superstitious shudders if it kep’ up much longer. ‘If he’d
only talk,’ says Arch, ‘an’ not creep about this here schooner like a
deaf an’ dumb ghost!’ But Jim said nar a word; he just’ kep’ a gray eye
on Arch till Arch lost a deal more sleep ’n he got. ‘He _irks_ me!’ says
Arch. ‘’Tisn’t a thing a religious man would practise; an’ I’ll _do_
something,’ says he, ‘t’ stop it!’ Howbeit, things was easy till the
_Billy Boy_ slipped past Mother Burke in fair weather an’ run into a
dirty gale from the north off the upper French shore. The wind jus’
seemed t’ sweep up all the ice they was on the Labrador an’ jam it
again’ the coast at Black Bight. There’s where we was, sir, when things
cleaned up; gripped in the ice a hundred fathom off the Black Bight
cliffs. An’ there we stayed, lifted from the pack, lyin’ at fearsome
list, till the wind turned westerly an’ began t’ loosen up the ice.

“’Twas after noon of a gray day when the _Billy Boy_ dropped back in the
water. They was a bank o’ blue-black cloud hangin’ high beyond the
cliffs; an’ I ’lowed t’ the skipper, when I seed it, that ’twould blow
with snow afore the day was out.

“‘Ay,’ says the skipper; ‘an’ ’twon’t be long about it.’

“Jus’ then Slow Jim Tool knocked Archibald Shott flat on his back. Lord,
what a thump! Looked t’ me as if Archibald Shott might be damaged.

“‘Ecod! Jim,’ says I, ‘what you go an’ do that for?’

“‘Why,’ says Jim, ‘he said a bad word again’ the name o’ ’Lizabeth.’

“‘Never done nothin’ o’ the kind,’ says Arch. ‘I was jus’ ’bidin’ here
amidships lookin’ at the weather.’

“‘Yes, you did, Arch,’ says Jim; ‘you done it in the forecastle—las’
Wednesday. I heared you as I come down the ladder.’

“‘Don’t you knock me down again,’ says Arch. ‘That _hurt_!’

“‘Well,’ says Jim, ‘you keep your tongue off poor ’Lizabeth.’

[Illustration: “YOU KEEP YOUR TONGUE OFF POOR ’LIZABETH”]

“By this time, sir, the lads was all come up from the forecastle. We
wasn’t much hands at fightin’, in them days, on the Labrador craft,
bein’ all friends t’gether; an’ a little turn up on deck sort o’ scared
the crew. Made un shy, too; they hanged about, backin’ an’ shufflin’,
like kids in a parlor, fair itchin’ along o’ awkwardness, grinnin’ a
deal wider’n was called for, but sayin’ nothin’ for fear o’ drawin’ more
attention ’n they could well dodge. Skipper Alex he laughed; then I
cackled a bit—an’ then off went the crew in a big he-haw. I seed
Archibald Shott turn white an’ twitch-lipped, an’ I minds me now, sir,
that he fidgeted somewhat about his hip; but bein’ all friends aboard,
sir, shipped from near-by harbors, why, it jus’ didn’t jump into my mind
that he was up t’ anything more deadly than givin’ a hitch to his
trousers. How should it? We wasn’t _used_ t’ brawls aboard the _Billy
Boy_. But whatever, Archibald Shott crep’ for’ard a bit, till he was
close ’longside, an’ then bended down t’ do up the lashin’ of his shoe:
which he kep’ at, sir, fumblin’ like a baby, till Jim looked off t’ the
clouds risin’ over the Black Bight cliffs an’ ’lowed ’twould snow like
wool afore the hour was over. Then, ‘Will she?’ says Arch; an’ with that
he drawed his splittin’-knife an’ leaped like a lynx on Slow Jim Tool. I
seed the knife in the air, sir—seed un come down point foremost on Jim’s
big chest—an’ heared a frosty tinkle when the broken blade struck the
deck. It didn’t seem natural, sir; not on the deck o’ the _Billy Boy_,
where we was all friends aboard, raised in near-by harbors.

“Anyhow, Slow Jim squealed like a pig an’ clapped a hand to his heart;
an’ Arch jumped back t’ the rail, where he stood with muscles drawed an’
arms open for a grapple, fair drillin’ holes in Jim with his little
green eyes.

“‘Ouch!’ says Jim; ‘that wasn’t _fair_, Arch!’

“Arch’s lips jus’ lifted away from his teeth in a ghastly sort o’ grin.

“‘Eh?’ says Jim. ‘What you want t’ do a dirty trick like that for?’

“Arch didn’t seem t’ have no answer ready: jus’ stood there eyin’ Jim,
stock still as a wooden figger-head, ’cept that he shivered an’ gulped
an’ licked his blue lips with a tongue that I ’lowed t’ be as dry as
sand-paper. Seemed t’ me, sir, when his muscles begun t’ slack an’ his
eyes t’ shift, that he was more scared ’n any decent man ought ever t’
get. But he didn’t say nothin’; nor no more did nobody else. Wasn’t
nothin’ t’ _say_. There we was, all friends aboard, reared in near-by
harbors. Didn’t seem natural t’ be stewin’ in a mess o’ hate like that.
Look you! we _knowed_ Archibald Shott an’ Slow Jim Tool: knowed un,
stripped an’ clothed, body an’ soul, an’ _had_, sir, since they begun t’
toddle the roads o’ Jump Harbor. Knowed un? Why, down along afore the
_Lads’ Hope_ went ashore on the Barnyard Islands, I slep’ along o’ Jim
Tool an’ _poulticed Archibald Shaft’s boils_! Didn’t seem t’ me, sir,
when Jim took off his jacket an’ opened his shirt that they was anything
more’n sorrow for Arch’s temper brewin’ in his heart. Murder? Never
thunk o’ murder; wasn’t used enough t’ murder. I ’lowed, though, that
Jim didn’t like the sight o’ the cut where the knife had broke on a rib;
an’ I ’lowed he liked the feel of his blood still less, for he got white
an’ stupid an’ disgusted when his fingers touched it, jus’ as if he
might be sea-sick any minute, an’ he shook hisself an’ coughed, sir,
jus’ like a dog eatin’ grass.

“‘Tumm,’ says he, ‘you got a knife?’

“‘Don’t ’low no one,’ says I, ‘t’ clean a pipe ’ith my knife.’

“‘No,’ says he; ‘a sheath-knife?’

“‘Left un below,’ says I. ‘What you want un for?’

“‘Jus’ a little job,’ says he.

“‘What _kind_ of a job?’ says I.

“‘Oh,’ says he, ‘jus’ a little job I got t’ do!’

“Seemed nobody had a knife, so Jim Tool fetched his own from below.

“‘Find un?’ says I.

“‘Not my bes’ one,’ says he. ‘Jus’ my second bes’.’

“Skipper Alex ’lowed ’twould snow like goose feathers afore half an hour
was out, but, somehow, sir, nobody cared, though the wind was breakin’
off shore in saucy puff’s an’ the ice pack was goin’ abroad.

“Jim Tool feeled the edge of his knife. ‘Isn’t my bes’ one,’ says he. ‘I
got a new one somewheres.’

“I ’lowed he was a bit out o’ temper with the knife; an’ it _did_ look
sort o’ foul sir, along o’ overuse an’ neglect.

“‘Greasy,’ says he, wipin’ the blade on his boot; ‘wonderful greasy!
Isn’t much use no more. Wisht I had my bes’ one. This here,’ says he,
‘is got three big nicks. But, anyhow, Arch,’ says he, ‘I won’t hurt you
no more’n I can help!’

“Then, sir, knife in hand an’ murder hot in his heart, he bore down on
Archibald Shott. ’Twas all over in a flash: Arch, lean an’ nimble as a
imp, leaped the rail an’ put off over the ice toward the Black Bight
cliffs, with Slow Jim in chase. Skipper Alex whistled ‘Whew!’ an’ looked
perfeckly stupid along o’ s’prise; whereon, sir, havin’ come to his
senses of a sudden, he let out a whoop like a siren whistle an’ vaulted
overside. Then me, sir; then the whole bally crew! In jus’ a wink ’twas
follow my leader over the pans t’ save Archibald Shott from slaughter:
scramble an’ leap, sir, slip an’ splash—across the pans an’ over the
pools an’ lanes o’ water.

“I ’low the skipper might o’ overhauled Jim an he hadn’t missed his leap
an’ gone overhead ’longside. As for me, sir, wind an’ legs denied me.

“‘Hol’ on, Jim!’ sings I. ‘Wait for _me_!’

“But Jim wasn’t heedin’ what was behind; I ’low, sir, what with hate an’
the rage o’ years, he wasn’t thinkin’ o’ nothin’ ’cept t’ get a knife in
the vitals o’ Archibald Shott so deep an’ soon as he was able. Seemed
he’d do it, too, in quick time, for jus’ that minute Archibald slipped;
his legs sailed up in the air, an’ he landed on his shoulders an’ rolled
off into the water. But God bein’ on the watch jus’ then, sir, Jim
leaped short hisself from the pan he was on, an’ afore he could crawl
from the sea Arch was out an’ lopin’ like a hare over better goin’. Jim
was too quick for me t’ nab; I was fetched up all standin’ by the lane
he’d leaped—while he sailed on in chase o’ Arch. An’ meantime the crew
was scattered north an’ south, every man Jack makin’ over the ice for
the Black Bight cliffs by the course that looked best, so that Arch was
drove in on the rocks. I ’lowed ’twould be over in a trice if somebody
didn’t leap on the back o’ Slow Jim Tool; but in this I was mistook: for
Archibald Shott, bein’ hunted an’ scared an’ nimble, didn’t wait at the
foot o’ the cliff for Jim Tool’s greasy knife. He shinned on up—up an’
up an’ up—higher an’ higher—with his legs an’ arms sprawled out an’
workin’ like a spider. Nor neither did Jim stop short. No, sir! He
slipped his knife in his belt—an’ up shinned _he_!

“‘_Jim_, you fool!’ sings I, when I come below, ‘you come down out o’
that!’

“But Jim jus’ kep’ mountin’.

“‘Jim!’ says I. ‘You want t’ fall an’ get hurted?’

“Up comes the skipper in a proper state o’ wrath an’ salt water. ‘Look
you, Jim Tool!’ sings he; ‘you want t’ break your neck?’

“I ’lowed maybe Jim was too high up t’ hear.

“‘Tumm,’ says the skipper, ‘that fool will split Archibald Shott once he
gets un. You go ’round by Tatter Brook,’ says he, ‘an’ climb the hill
from behind. This foolishness is got t’ be stopped. Goin’ easy,’ says
he, ‘you’ll beat Shott t’ the top o’ the cliff. He’ll be over first; let
un go. But when Tool comes,’ says he, ‘why, you got a pair o’ arms there
that can clinch a argument.’

“‘Ay,’ says I; ‘but what’ll come o’ Archibald?’

“‘Well,’ says the skipper, ‘it looks t’ me as if he’d be content jus’ t’
keep on goin’.’

“In this way, sir, I come t’ the top o’ the cliff. They _was_ signs o’
weather—a black sky, puffs o’ wind jumpin’ out, scattered flakes o’
snow—but they wasn’t no sign o’ Archibald Shott. They was quite a reach
o’ brink, sir, high enough from the shore ice t’ make a stomach squirm;
an’ it took a deal o’ peepin’ an’ stretchin’ t’ spy out Arch an’ Jim.
Then I ’lowed that Arch never _would_ get over; for I seed, sir—lyin’
there on the edge o’ the cliff, with more head an’ shoulders stickin’
out in space than I cares t’ dream about o’ these quiet nights—I seed
that Archibald Shott was cotched an’ could get no further. There he was,
sir, stickin’ like plaster t’ the face o’ the cliff, some thirty feet
below, finger-nails an’ feet dug into the rock, his face like a year-old
corpse. I sung out a hearty word—though, God knows! my heart was empty
o’ cheer—an’ I heard some words rattle in Shott’s dry throat, but
couldn’t understand; an’ then, sir, overcome by space an’ that face o’
fear, I rolled back on the frozen moss, sick an’ limp. When I looked
again I seed, so far below that they looked like fat swile on the ice,
the skipper an’ the crew o’ the _Billy Boy_, starin’ up, with the floe
an’ black sea beyond, lyin’ like a steep hill under the gray sky.
Midway, swarmin’ up with cautious hands an’ feet, come Slow Jim Tool,
his face as white an’ cold as the ice below, thin-lipped, wolf-eyed, his
heart as cruel now, sir, his slow mind as keen, his muscles as tense an’
eager, as a brute’s on the hunt.

“‘Jim!’ says I. ‘Oh, Jim!’

“Jim jus’ come on up.

“‘Jim!’ says I. ‘Is that _you_?’

“Seemed, sir, it jus’ _couldn’t_ be. Not _Jim_! Why, I _nursed_ Jim! I
tossed Jimmie Tool t’ the ceilin’ when he was a mushy infant too young
t’ do any more’n jus’ gurgle. Why, at that minute, sir, like a dream in
the gray space below, I could see Jimmie Tool’s yellow head an’ fat
white legs an’ calico dresses, jus’ as they used t’ be.

“‘Jim,’ says I, ‘it can’t be you. Not you, Jim,’ says I; ‘not _you_!’

“‘Tumm,’ says he, ‘is he stuck? Can’t he get no farther?’

“Jim!

“‘If he can’t,’ says he, ‘I got un! I’ll knife un, Tumm,’ says he, ‘jus’
in a minute.’

“‘Don’t try it,’ says I.

“‘Don’t you fret, Tumm,’ says he. ‘Isn’t no fear o’ _me_ fallin’. _I’m_
all right.’

“An’ this was Jimmie Tool! Why, sir, I knowed Jimmie Tool when he was a
lad o’ twelve. A hearty lad, sir, towheaded an’ stout an’ strong an’
lively, with freckles on his nose, an’ a warm, kind, white-toothed
little grin for such as put a hand on his shoulder. Wasn’t nobody ever,
man, woman, or child, that touched Jimmie Tool in kindness ’ithout bein’
loved. He jus’ couldn’t help it. You jus’ be good t’ Jimmie Tool, you
jus’ put a hand on his head an’ smile, an’ Jimmie ’lowed they was no man
like you. ‘You got a awful kind heart, lad,’ says I, when he was twelve;
‘an’ when you grows up,’ says I, ‘I ’low the folk o’ this coast will be
glad you was born.’ An’ here was Jimmie Tool, swarmin’ up the Black
Bight cliffs, bent on the splittin’ o’ Archibald Shott, which same
Archibald I had took t’ Sunday-school, by the wee, soft hand of un, many
a time, when he was a flabby-fleshed, chatterin’ rollypolly o’ four!
Bein’ jus’ a ol’ fool, sir—bein’ jus’ a soft ol’ fool hangin’ over the
Black Bight cliffs—I wisht, somehow, that little Jimmie Tool had never
needed t’ grow up.

“‘Jimmie,” says I, ‘what you _really_ goin’ t’ do?’

“‘Well,’ says he, ‘jus’ a minute.’

“‘Very well,’ says I; ‘but you better leave poor Arch alone.’

“‘How’s his grip?’ says he.

“‘None too good,’ says I; ‘a touch would dislodge un.’

“‘If I cotched un by the ankle, then,’ says he, ‘I ’low I could jerk un
loose.’

“‘You hadn’t better _try_,’ says Arch.

“‘Jim,’ says I, ‘does you know how high up you really is?’

“Jim jus’ reached as quick as a snake for Archibald Shott’s foot, but
come somewhat short of a grip. ‘Shoot it!’ says he, ‘I can on’y touch un
with my finger. I’ll have t’ climb higher.’

“Up he come a inch or so.

“‘You try that again, Jim,’ says Arch, ‘an’ I’ll kick you in the head.’

“‘You can’t,’ says Jim; ‘you dassn’t move a foot from that ledge.’

“‘Try an’ see,’ says Arch.

“‘I can see very well, Arch, b’y,’ says Jim. ‘If you wriggles a toe,
you’ll fall.’

“Then, sir, I cotched ear o’ the skipper singin’ out from below. Seemed
so far down when my eyes dropped that my fingers digged theirselves deep
in the moss and clawed around for better grip. They isn’t no beach
below, sir, nor broken rock, as you knows; the cliffs rise from deep
water. Skipper and crew was on the ice; an’ I seed that the wind had
blowed the pans off shore. Wind was up now: blowin’ clean t’ sea, with
flakes o’ snow swirlin’ in the lee o’ the cliff. It fair scraped the
moss I was lyin’ on. Seemed t’ me, sir, that if it blowed much higher
I’d need my toes for hangin’ on. A gust cotched off my cap an’ swep’ it
over the sea. Lord! it made me shiver t’ watch the course o’ that ol’
cloth cap! Blow? Oh, ay—blowin’‘! An’ I ’lowed that the skipper was
nervous in the wind. He sung out again, waved his arms, pointed t’ the
sea, an’ then ducked his head, tucked in his elbows, an’ put off for the
schooner, with the crew scurryin’ like weak-flippered swile in his wake.
Sort o’ made me laugh, sir; they looked so round an’ squat an’
short-legged, ’way down below, sprawlin’ over the ice in mad haste t’
board the _Billy Boy_ afore she drifted off in the gale. Laugh? Ay, sir!
I laughed. Didn’t seem t’ me, sir, that Jim Tool really _meant_ t’ kill
Archibald Shott. Jus’ seemed, somehow, like a rough game, with somebody
like t’ get hurted if they kep’ it up. So I laughed; but I gulped that
laugh back t’ my stomach, sir, when I slapped eyes again on Archibald
Shott!

“‘Don’t do that, Arch,’ says I. ‘You’ll _fall_!’

“‘Well,’ says he, ‘Jim says I can’t kick un in the head.’

“‘No more you can,’ says Jim; ‘an’ you dassn’t try.’

“Arch was belly foremost t’ the cliff—toes on a ledge an’ hands gripped
aloft. He was able t’ look up, but made poor work o’ lookin’ down over
his shoulder; an’ I ’lowed, him not bein’ able t’ see Jim, that the
minute he reached out a foot he’d be cotched an’ ripped from his hold,
if Jim really wanted t’ do it. Anyhow, he got his fingers in a lower
crack. ’Twas a wonderful strain t’ put on any man’s hands an’ arms: I
could see his forearms shake along of it. But safe at this, he loosed
one foot from the ledge, let his body sink, an’ begun t’ kick out after
Jim, jus’ feelin’ about like a blind man, with his face jammed again’
the rock. Jus’ in a minute Jim reached for that foot. Cotched it, too;
but no sooner did Arch feel them fingers closin’ in than he kicked out
for life an’ got loose. The wrench near overset Jim. He made a quick
grab for the rock an’ got a hand there jus’ in time. Jim laughed. It may
be that he thunk Arch would be satisfied an’ draw up t’ rest. But Arch
’lowed for one more kick; an’ this, sir, cotched Slow Jim Tool fair on
the cheek when poor Jim wasn’t lookin’. Must o’ hurt Jim. When his head
fell back, his face was all screwed up, jus’ like a child’s in pain. I
seed, too, that his muscles was slack, his knees givin’ way, an’ that
his right hand, with the fingers spread out crooked, was clawin’ for a
hold, ecod! out in the air, where they wasn’t nothin’ but thin wind t’
grasp. Then I didn’t see no more, but jus’ lied flat on the moss, my
eyes fallen shut, limp an’ sweaty o’ body, waitin’ t’ come to, as from
the grip o’ the Old Hag.

“When I looked again, sir, Archibald Shott had both feet toed back on
the ledge, an’ Slow Jim Tool, below, was still stickin’ like a barnacle
t’ the cliff.

“‘Jim,’ says I, ‘if you don’t stop this foolishness I’ll drop a rock on
you.’

“‘This won’t do,’ says he.

“‘No,’ says I; ‘it _won’t_!’

“‘I ’low, Tumm,’ says he, ‘that I better swarm above an’ come down.’

“‘What for?’ says I.

“‘Step on his fingers,’ says he.

“Then, sir, the squall broke; a rush an’ howl o’ northerly wind! Come
like a pack o’ mad ghosts: a break from the spruce forest—a flight over
the barren—a great leap into space. Blue-black clouds, low an’ thick,
rushin’ over the cliff, spilt dusk an’ snow below. ’Twas as though the
Lord had cast a black blanket o’ night in haste an’ anger upon the sea.
An’ I never knowed the snow so thick afore; ’twas jus’ emptied out on
the world like bags o’ flour. Dusty, frosty snow; it got in my eyes an’
nose an’ throat. ’Twasn’t a minute afore sea an’ shore was wiped from
sight an’ Jim Tool an’ Archibald Shott was turned t’ black splotches in
a mist. I crabbed away from the brink. Wasn’t no sense, sir, in lyin’
there in the push an’ tug o’ the wind. An’ I sot me down t’ wait; an’
by-an’-by I heard a cry, a dog’s bark o’ terror, from deep in the
throat, sir, that wasn’t no scream o’ the gale. So I crawled for’ard, on
hands an’ knees that bore me ill, t’ peer below, but seed no form o’
flesh an’ blood, nor got a human answer t’ my hail. I turned again t’
wait; an’ I faced inland, where was the solemn forest, far off an’ hid
in a swirl o’ snow, with but the passion of a gale t’ bear. An’ there I
stood, sir, turned away from the rage o’ hearts that beat in breasts
like ours, until the squall failed, an’ the snow thinned t’ playful
flakes, an’ the gray clouds, broken above the wilderness, soaked crimson
from the sun like blood.

“’Twas Jim Tool that roused me.

“‘That you, Jim?’ says I.

“‘Ay,’ says he; ‘you been waitin’ here for me, Tumm?’

“‘Ay,’ says I; ‘been waitin’.’

“‘Tired?’ says he.

“‘No,’ says I; ‘not tired.’

“There come then, sir, a sort o’ smile upon him—fond an’ grateful an’
childlike. I seed it glow in the pits where his eyes was. ‘It was kind,’
says he, ‘t’ wait. You always _was_ kind t’ me, Tumm.’

“‘Oh no,’ says I; ‘not kind.’

“‘Tumm,’ says he, kickin’ at a rock in the snow, ‘I done it,’ says he,
‘by the ankle.’

“‘Then,’ says I, ‘God help you, Jim!’

“He come close t’ me, sir, jus’ like he used t’ do, when he was a lad,
in trouble.

“‘Keep off, Jim!’ says I.

“‘Why so?’ says he. ‘Isn’t you goin’ t’ be friends ’ith me any more?’

“I was afraid. ‘Keep clear!’ says I.

“‘Oh, why so?’ says he.

“‘I—I—don’t know!’ says I. ‘God help us all, I don’t _know_!’

“Then he falled prone, sir, an’ rolled over on his back, with his arms
flung out, as if now he seed the blood on his hands; an’ he squirmed in
the snow, sir, like a worm on a hook. ‘I wisht I hadn’t done it! Oh,
dear God,’ says he, ‘_I wisht I hadn’t done it!_’

“Ah, poor little Jimmie Tool!

                   *       *       *       *       *

“I looked away, sir, west’ard, t’ where the sky had broken wide its
gates. Ah, the sun had washed the crimson blood-drip from the clouds!
’Twas a flood o’ golden light. Colors o’ heaven streamin’ through upon
the world! But yet so far away—beyond the forest, and, ay, beyond the
farther sea! Maybe, sir, while my eyes searched the far-off sunlit
spaces, that my heart fled back t’ fields o’ time more distant still. I
remembered the lad that was Jimmie Tool. Warm-hearted, sir, aglow with
tender wishes for the joy o’ folk; towheaded an’ stout an’ strong,
straight o’ body an’ soul, with a heart lifted high, it seemed t’ me,
from the reachin’ fingers o’ sin. Wasn’t nobody ever, sir, that touched
Jimmie Tool in kindness ’ithout bein’ loved. ‘Ah, Jimmie,’ says I, when
I looked in his clear gray eyes, ‘the world’ll be glad, some day, that
you was born. Wisht I was a lad like you,’ says I, ‘an’ not a man like
me.’ An’ he’d cotch hold o’ my hand, sir, an’ say: ‘Tumm, you is
wonderful good t’ me. I ’low I’m a lucky lad,’ says he, ‘t’ have a
friend like you.’ So now, sir, come back t’ the bleak cliffs o’ Black
Bight, straight returned from the days of his childhood, with the golden
dust o’ that time fresh upon my feet, the rosy light of it in my eyes,
the breath o’ God in my heart, I kneeled in the snow beside Jim Tool an’
put a hand on his shoulder.

“‘Jimmie!’ says I.

“He would not take his hands from his eyes.

“‘Hush!’ says I, for I had forgot that he was no more a child. ‘Don’t
cry!’

“He cotched my hand, sir, jus’ like he used t’do.

“’T’ me,’ says I, ‘you’ll always be the same little lad you used t’ be.’

“It eased un: poor little Jimmie Tool!”

Tumm’s face had not relaxed. ’Twas grim as ever. But I saw—and turned
away—that tears were upon the seamed, bronzed cheeks. I listened to the
wind blowing over Jump Harbor, and felt the oppression of the dark
night, which lay thick upon the roads once known to the feet of this
gray-eyed Jimmie Tool. My faith was turned gray by the tale. “Ecod!”
Tumm burst in upon my musing, misled, perhaps, by this ancient sorrow,
“I’m glad _I_ didn’t make this damned world! An’, anyhow,” he continued,
with a snap of indignation, “what happened after that was all done as
_among men_. Wasn’t no cryin’—least of all by Jim Tool. When the _Billy
Boy_ beat back t’ pick us up, all hands turned out t’ fish Archibald
Shott from the breakers, an’ then we stowed un away in a little place by
Tatter Brook, jus’ where the water tumbles down the hill. Jim ’lowed he
might as well be took back an’ hanged in short order. The sooner, he
says, the better it would suit. ’Lizabeth was dead, an’ Arch was dead,
an’ he might as well go, too. Anyhow, says he, he _ought_ to. But
Skipper Alex wouldn’t hear to it. Wasn’t no time, says he; the crew
couldn’t afford to lose the v’y’ge; an’, anyhow, says he, Jim wasn’t in
no position t’ ask favors. So ’twas late in the fall, sir, afore Jim was
give into the hands o’ the Tilt Cove constable. Then Jim an’ me an’ the
skipper an’ some o’ the crew put out for St. John’s, where Jim had what
they called his trial. An’ Jim ’lowed that if the jury could do so
’ithout drivin’ theirselves, an’ would jus’ order un hanged as soon as
convenient, why, he’d be ’bliged. An’—”

Tumm paused.

“Well?” I interrogated.

“The jury,” Tumm answered, “_jus’ wouldn’t do it_!”

“And Jimmie?”

“Jus’ fishin’.”

Poor little Jimmie Tool!



V—THE FOOL OF SKELETON TICKLE


When the wheezy little mail-boat rounded the Liar’s Tombstone—that gray,
immobile head, forever dwelling upon its forgotten tragedy—she “opened”
Skeleton Tickle; and this was where the fool was born, and where he
lived his life, such as it was, and, in the end, gave it up in uttermost
disgust. It was a wretched Newfoundland settlement of the remoter parts,
isolated on a stretch of naked coast, itself lying unappreciatively snug
beside sheltered water: being but a congregation of stark white cottages
and turf huts, builded at haphazard, each aloof from its despairing
neighbor, all sticking like lean incrustations to the bare brown
hills—habitations of men, to be sure, which elsewhere had surely
relieved the besetting dreariness with the grace and color of life, but
in this place did not move the gray, unsmiling prospect of rock and
water. The day was clammy: a thin, pervasive fog had drenched the whole
world, now damp to the touch, dripping to the sight; the wind, out of
temper with itself, blew cold and viciously, fretting the sea to a
swishing lop, in which the harbor punts, anchored for the day’s fishing
in the shallows over Lost Men grounds, were tossed and flung about in a
fashion vastly nauseating to the beholder.... Poor devils of men and
boys! Toil for them, dawn to dark; with every reward of labor—love and
all the delights of life—changed by the unhappy lot: turned sordid,
cheerless, bestial....

                   *       *       *       *       *

“Ha!” interrupted my chance acquaintance, leaning upon the rail with me.
“I am ver’ good business man. Eh? You not theenk?” There was a saucy
challenge in this; it left no escape by way of bored credulity; no man
of proper feeling could accept the boast of this ingratiating, frowsy,
yellow-eyed Syrian peddler. “Ha!” he proceeded. “You not theenk, eh? But
I have tell you—I—myself! I am thee bes’ business man in Newf’un’lan’.”
He threw back his head; regarded me with pride and mystery, eyes half
closed. “No? Come, I tell you! I am thee _mos’_ bes’ business man in
Newf’un’lan’. Eh? Not so? Ay, I am thee ver’ mos’ bes’ business man in
all thee worl’. I—Tanous Shiva—I—_I_!” He struck his breast. “I have be
thee man. An’ thee mos’ fool—thee mos’ beeg fool—thee mos’ fearful beeg
fool in all thee worl’ leeve there. Ay, zur; he have leeve there—dead
ahead—t’ Skeleton Teekle. You not theenk? Ha! I tell you—I tell you
now—a mos’ won-dair-ful fun-ee t’ing. You hark? Ver’ well. Ha!” he
exclaimed, clasping his hands in an ecstasy of delight. “How you will
have laugh w’en I tell!” He sobered. “I am now,” he said, solemnly,
“be-geen. You hark?”

I nodded.

“First,” he continued, gravely important, as one who discloses a
mystery, “I am tell you thee name of thee beeg fool. James All—his name.
Ol’ bach. Ver’ ol’ bach. Ver’ rich man. Ho! mos’ rich. You not theenk?
Ver’ well. I am once hear tell he have seven lobster-tin full of gold.
Mygod! I am mos’ put crazy. Lobster-tin—seven! An’ he have half-bushel
of silver dollar. How he get it? Ver’ well. His gran’-father work ver’
hard; his father work ver’ hard; all thee gold come to this man, an’
_he_ work ver’, ver’ hard. They work fearful—in thee gale, in thee cold;
they work, work, work, for thee gold. Many, many year ago, long time
past, thee gold be-geen to have save. It be-geen to have save many year
afore I am born. Eh? Fun-ee t’ing! They work, work, work; but _I_ am not
work. Oh no! I am leetle baby. They save, save, save; but _I_ am not
save. Oh no! I am foolsh boy, in Damascus. Ver’ well. By-’n’-by I am
thee growed man, an’ they have fill thee seven lobster-tin with thee
gold. For what? Eh? I am tell you what for. Ha! I am show you I am ver’
good business man. I am thee ver’ mos’ bes’ business man in
Newf’un’lan’.”

My glance, quick, suspicious, was not of the kindest, and it caught his
eye.

“You theenk I have get thee gold?” he asked, archly. “You theenk I have
get thee seven lobster-tin?... Mygod!” he cried, throwing up his hands
in genuine horror. “You theenk I have _steal_ thee gold? No, no! I am
ver’ hones’ business man. I say my prayer all thee nights. I geeve nine
dollar fifty to thee Orth’dox Church in Washin’ton Street in one year. I
am thee mos’ hones’ business man in Newf’un’lan’—an’” (significantly),
“I am _ver’ good_ business man.”

His eyes were guileless....

A punt slipped past, bound out, staggering over a rough course to Lost
Men grounds. The spray, rising like white dust, drenched the crew. An
old man held the sheet and steering-oar. In the bow a scrawny boy bailed
the shipped water—both listless, both misshapen and ill clad. Bitter,
toilsome, precarious work, this, done by folk impoverished in all
things. Seven lobster-tins of gold coin! Three generations of labor and
cruel adventure, in gales and frosts and famines, had been consumed in
gathering it. How much of weariness? How much of pain? How much of evil?
How much of peril, despair, deprivation? And it was true: this alien
peddler, the on-looker, had the while been unborn, a babe, a boy,
laboring not at all; but by chance, in the end, he had come, covetous
and sly, within reach of all the fruit of this malforming toil....

“Look!”

I followed the lean, brown finger to a spot on a bare hill—a sombre
splash of black.

“You see? Ver’ well. One time he leeve there—this grea’ beeg fool. His
house it have be burn down. How? Ver’ well. I tell you. All people want
thee gold. All people—all—all! ‘Ha!’ theenk a boy. ‘I mus’ have thee
seven lobster-tin of gold. I am want buy thee parasol for ’Liza Hull
nex’ time thee trader come. I _mus’_ have thee gold of ol’ Skip’ Jim. If
I not, then Sam Tom will have buy thee parasol from Tanous Shiva. ’Liza
Hull will have love him an’ not me. I _mus’_ have ’Liza Hull love me.
Oh,’ theenk he, ‘I _mus’_ have ’Liza Hull love me! I am not can leeve
’ithout that beeg ’Liza Hull with thee red cheek an’ blue eye!’ (Ver’
poor taste thee men have for thee girl in Newf’un’lan’.) ‘Ha!’ theenk
he. ‘I mus’ have thee gold. I am burn thee house an’ get thee gold. Then
I have buy thee peenk parasol from Tom Shiva.’ Fool! Ver’ beeg fool—that
boy. Burn thee house? Ver’ poor business. Mos’ poor. Burn thee house of
ol’ Skip’ Jim? Pooh!”

It seemed to me, too—so did the sly fellow bristle and puff with
contempt—that the wretched lad’s directness of method was most
reprehensible; but I came to my senses later, and I have ever since
known that the highwayman was in some sort a worthy fellow.

“Ver’ well. For two year I know ’bout thee seven lobster-tin of gold,
an’ for two year I make thee great frien’ along o’ Skip’ Jim—thee
greates’ frien’; thee ver’ greates’ frien’—for I am want thee gold. Aie!
I am all thee time stop with Skip’ Jim. I am go thee church with Skip’
Jim. I am kneel thee prayer with Skip’ Jim. (I am ver’ good man about
thee prayer—ver’ good business man.) Skip’ Jim he theenk me thee Jew.
Pooh! I am not care. I say, ‘Oh yess, Skip’ Jim; I am mos’ sad about
what thee Jews done. Bad Jew done that.’ ‘You good Jew, Tom,’ he say; ‘I
am not hol’ you to thee ’count. Oh no, Tom; you good Jew,’ he say. ‘You
would not do what thee bad Jews done.’ ‘Oh no, Skip’ Jim,’ I say, ‘I am
ver’ good man—ver’, ver’ good man.’”

The peddler was gravely silent for a space.

“I am hones’ man,” he continued. “I am thee mos’ hones’ business man in
Newf’un’lan’. So I mus’ have wait for thee gold. Ah,” he sighed, “it
have be _mos’_ hard to wait. I am almos’ break thee heart. But I am
hones’ man—ver’, ver’ hones’ man—an’ I _mus’_ have wait. Now I tell you
what have happen: I am come ashore one night, an’ it is thee nex’ night
after thee boy have burn thee house of Skip’ Jim for the peenk parasol.

“‘Where Skip’ Jim house?’ I say.

“‘Burn down,’ they say.

“‘Burn down!’ I say. ‘Oh, my! ’Tis sad. Have thee seven lobster-tin of
gold be los’?’

“‘All spoil,’ they say.

“I am not theenk what they mean. ‘Oh, dear!’ I say. ‘Where Skip’ Jim?’

“‘You fin’ Skip’ Jim at thee Skip’ Bill Tissol’s house.’

“‘Oh, my!’ I say. ‘I am mos’ sad. I am go geeve thee pit-ee to poor
Skip’ Jim.’”

The fog was fast thickening. We had come close to Skeleton Tickle; but
the downcast cottages were more remote than they had been—infinitely
more isolated.

“Ver’ well. I am fin’ Skip’ Jim. He sit in thee bes’ room of thee Skip’
Bill Tissol’s house. All thee ’lone. God is good! Nobody there. What
have I see? Gold! Gold! The heap of gold! The beeg, beeg heap of gold! I
am not can tell you!”

The man was breathing in gasps; in the pause his jaw dropped, his yellow
eyes were distended.

“Ha!” he ejaculated. “So I am thank thee dear, good God I am not come
thee too late. Gold! Gold! The heap of gold! I am pray ver’ hard to be
good business man. I am close thee eye an’ pray thee good God I am be
ver’ good business man for one hour. ‘Jus’ one hour, O my God!’ I pray.
‘Leave me be ver’, ver’ good business man for jus’ one leet-tle ver’
small hour. I am geeve one hun’red fifty to thee Orth’dox Church in
Washin’ton Street, O my God,’ I pray, ‘if I be mos’ ver’ good business
man for thee one hour!’ An’ I shake thee head an’ look at thee rich ol’
Skip’ Jim with thee ver’ mos’ awful sad look I am can.

“‘Oh, Skip’ Jim!’ I say. ‘Fear-r-ful! How have your house cotch thee
fire?’

“‘Thee boy of Skip’ Elisha,’ he say.

“‘Oh, Skip’ Jim,’ I say, ‘what have you do by thee wicked boy?’

“‘What have I do?’ he say. ‘He cannot have mend thee bad business. What
have I do? I am not wish thee hurt to thee poor, poor boy.’

“There sit thee beeg fool—thee ver’ beeg fool—thee mos’ fearful fool in
all thee worl’. Ol’ Skip’ Jim All—thee beeg fool! There he sit, by thee
’lone; an’ the heap of good gold is on thee table; an’ the candle is
burnin’; an’ the beeg white wheesk-airs is ver’ white an’ mos’ awful
long; an’ thee beeg han’s is on thee gold, an’ thee salt-sores from thee
feeshin’ is on thee han’s; an’ thee tear is in thee ol’ eyes of ol’
Skip’ Jim All. So once more I pray thee good God to be made ver’ good
business man for thee one hour; an’ I close thee door ver’ tight.

“‘Oh, Tom Shiva,’ he says, ‘I am ruin’!’

“‘Ver’ sad,’ I say. ‘Oh, dear!’

“‘I am ruin’—ruin’!’ he say. ‘Oh, I am ruin’! What have I do?’

“‘Ver’, ver’ sad,’ I say. ‘Oh, Skip’ Jim,’ I say, ‘tis ver’ sad!’

“‘Ruin’!’ he say. ‘I am not be rich no more. I am ver’ poor man, Tom
Shiva. I am once be rich; but I am not be rich no more.’

“I am not know what he mean. ‘Not be rich no more?’ I say. ‘Not be rich
no more?’

“‘Look!’ he say. ‘Look, Tom Shiva! Thee gold! Thee seven lobster-tin of
gold!’

“‘I am see, Skip’ Jim,’ I say.

“‘Ah,’ he say, in thee mos’ awful, thee ver’ mos’ awful, speak, ‘it is
all spoil’! It is all spoil’! I am ruin’!’

“Then I am pray mos’ fearful hard to be ver’ good business man for thee
one hour. Ver’ well. I look at thee gold. Do I know what he have mean?
God is good! I do. Ver’ well. Thee gold is come out of the fire. What
happen? Oh, ver’ well! It have be melt. What ver’ beeg fool is he! It
have be melt. All? No! Thee gold steek together; thee gold melt in two;
thee gold be in thee beeg lump; thee gold be damage’. What this fool
theenk? Ah! Pooh! This fool theenk thee gold have be all spoil’. Good
gold? No, spoil’ gold! No good no more. Ruin’? I am ver’ good business
man. I see what he have mean. Ah, my heart! It jump, it swell, it choke
me, it tumble into the belly, it stop; it hurt me mos’ awful. I am
theenk I die. Thee good God have answer thee prayer. ‘O my God,’ I pray
once more, ‘this man is ver’ beeg fool. Make Tanous Shiva good business
man. It have be ver’, ver’ easy t’ing to do, O God!’

“‘Spoil’, Skip’ Jim?’ I say.

“‘All spoil’, Tom Shiva,’ he say. ‘Thee gold no good.’

“‘Ver’ sad to be ruin’,’ I say. ‘Oh, Skip’ Jim, ver’ sad to be ruin’. I
am ver’, ver’ sad to see you ruin’.’

“‘Tom Shiva,’ he say, ‘you ver’ good man.’

“‘Skip’ Jim,’ I say, ‘I have love you ver’ much.’

“‘Oh, Tom Shiva,’ thee beeg fool say, ‘I am thank you ver’ hard.’

“‘Oh yess, Skip’ Jim,’ I say, ‘I am love you ver’, ver’ much.’

“He shake my han’.

“‘I am love you ver’ much, Skip’ Jim,’ I say, ’an’ I am ver’ good man.’

“My han’ it pinch me ver’ sore, Skip’ Jim shake it so hard with thee
beeg, black han’ he have. Thee han’ of thee feesherman is ver’, ver’
beeg, ver’ strong. Thee ver’ hard work make it ver’ beeg an’ strong.

“‘Skip’ Jim,’ I say, ‘I am poor man. But not ver’ poor. I am have
leet-tle money. I am wish thee help to you. I am _buy_ thee spoil’
gold.’

“‘Buy thee gold?’ he say. ‘Oh, Tom Shiva. All spoil’. Look! All melt.
Thee gold no good no more.’

“‘I am buy thee gold from you,’ I say, ‘Skip’ Jim, my friend.’

“‘Ver’ good friend, you, Tom Shiva,’ he say; ‘ver’ good friend to me.’

“I am look at him ver’ close. I am theenk what he will take. ‘I am geeve
you,’ I say, ‘I am geeve you,’ Skip’ Jim,’ I say—

“Then I stop.

“‘What you geeve me for thee spoil’ gold?’ he say.

“‘I am geeve you,’ I say, ‘for thee spoil’ gold an’ for thee half-bushel
of spoil’ silver,’ I say, ‘I am geeve you seventy-five dollar.’

“Then _he_ get ver’ good business man in the eye.

“‘Oh no!’ he say. ‘I am want one hundred dollar.’

“I shake my head. ‘Oh, Skip’ Jim!’ I say. ‘Shame to have treat thee
friend so! I am great friend to you, Skip’ Jim,’ I say. ‘But,’ I say,
‘business is business. Skip’ Jim,’ I say, ‘let us have pray.’

“What you theenk? What you theenk this ver’ beeg fool do? How I laugh
inside! ‘Let us have pray, Skip’ Jim,’ I say. What you theenk he do? Eh?
Not pray? Ver’ religious man, Skip’ Jim—ver’, ver’ religious. Pray? Oh,
I know _him_. Pray? You bet he pray! You ask Skip’ Jim to pray, an’ he
pray—oh, he pray, you bet! ‘O God,’ he pray, ‘I am ver’ much ’blige’ for
Tom Shiva. I am ver’ much ’blige’ he come to Skeleton Teekle. I am ver’
much ’blige’ he have thee soft heart. I am ver’ much ’blige’ you fix
thee heart to help poor ol’ Skip’ Jim. He good Jew, O God.’ (Pooh! I am
Syrian man—not Jew. But I am not tell, for I am ver’ good business man).
‘Forgive this poor Tom Shiva, O my dear God!’

“I get ver’ tired with thee prayin’. I am ver’ good business man. I am
want thee gold.

“‘Skip’ Jim!’ I whis-pair. ‘Oh, Skip’ Jim!’ I say. ‘Thee bargain! Fix
thee bargain with thee dear God.’ My heart is ver’ mad with thee fear.
‘Fix thee bargain with thee good God,’ I say. ‘Oh, Skip’ Jim!’ I
whis-pair. ‘Queek! I am offer seventy-five dollar.’

“Then he get up from thee knee. Ver’ obstinate man—ver’, ver’ obstinate
man, this ol’ Skip’ Jim. He get up from thee knee. What he theenk? Eh?
He theenk he ver’ good business man. He theenk he beat Tom Shiva by thee
sin. Want God? Oh no! Not want God to know, you bet!

“‘I am want one hundred dollar,’ he say, ver’ cross, ‘for thee heap of
spoil’ gold an’ silver. Thee God is bus-ee. I am do this business by
thee ’lone. Thee dear God is ver’, ver’ bus-ee jus’ now. I am not bother
him no more.’

“‘Ver’ well,’ I say. ‘I am geeve you eighty.’

“‘Come,’ he say; ‘ninety will have do.’

“‘Ver’ well,’ I say. ‘You are my friend. I geeve you eighty-five.’

“‘Ver’ well,’ he say. ‘I am love you ver’ much, Tom Shiva. I take it.
Ver’ kind of you, Tom Shiva, to buy all thee spoil’ gold an’ silver. I
am hope you have not lose thee money.’

“I am ver’ hones’ business man. Eh? What I say? I say I lose thee money?
No, no! I am thee ver’ mos’ hones’ business man in Newf’un’lan’. I am
too hones’ to say thee lie.

“‘I am take thee risk,’ I say. ‘You are my friend, Skip’ Jim,’ I say. ‘I
am take thee risk. I am geeve you eighty-five dollar for all the spoil’
gold an’ silver—half cash, half trade.... I am have mos’ wonderful suit
clothes for ver’ cheap....’”

                   *       *       *       *       *

And the fool of Skeleton Tickle was left with a suit of shoddy tweed and
fifty-seven dollars in unspoiled gold and silver coin, believing that he
had overreached the peddler from Damascus and New York, piously thanking
God for the opportunity, ascribing glory to him for the success, content
that it should be so.... And Tanous Shiva departed by the mail-boat, as
he had come, with the seven lobster-tins of gold and the half-bushel of
silver which three generations had labored to accumulate; and he went
south to St. John’s, where he converted the spoiled coin into a bank
credit of ten thousand dollars, content that it should be so. And
thereupon he set out again to trade....

                   *       *       *       *       *

The mail-boat was now riding at anchor within the harbor of Skeleton
Tickle. Rain was falling—thin, penetrating, cold, driven by the wind. On
the bleak, wet hills, the cottages, vague in the mist, cowered in dumb
wretchedness, like men of sodden patience who wait without hope. A punt
put out from shore—came listlessly toward the steamer for the mail.

“Ho! Tom Timms!” the Syrian shouted. “That you, Tom Timms? How Skip’ Jim
All? How my ol’, good friend Skip’ Jim All?”

The boat was under the quarter. Tom Timms shipped his oars, wiped the
rain from his whiskers, then looked up—without feeling.

“Dead,” he said.

“Dead!” The man turned to me. “I am thank thee good God,” he whispered,
reverently, “that I am get thee gold in time.” He shuddered. “O, my
God!” he muttered. “What if I have come thee too late!”

“Ay, dead,” Tom Timms repeated. “He sort o’ went an’ jus’ died.”

“Oh, dear! How have he come to die? Oh, my poor friend, ol’ Skip’ Jim!
How have he come by thee death?”

“Hanged hisself.”

“Hanged hisself! Oh, dear! Why have thee ol’ Skip’ Jim be so fearful
wicked?”

It was an unhappy question.

“Well,” Tom Timms answered, in a colorless drawl, “he got a trap-leader
when he found out what you done. He just sort o’ went an’ got a
trap-leader an’ hanged hisself in the fish-stage—when he found out what
you done.”

The Syrian glanced at me. I glanced at him. Our eyes met; his were
steady, innocent, pitiful; my own shifted to the closing bank of gray
fog.

“Business,” he sighed, “is business.”

The words repeated themselves interminably—a monotonous dirge. Business
is business.... Business is business.... Business is business....



VI—A COMEDY OF CANDLESTICK COVE


It was windy weather: and had been—for an exasperating tale of dusks and
dawns. It was not the weather of variable gales, which blow here and
there, forever to the advantage of some Newfoundland folk; it was the
weather of ill easterly winds, in gloomy conjunction bringing fog, rain,
breaking seas, drift-ice, dispiriting cold. From Nanny’s Old Head the
outlook was perturbing: the sky was hid, with its familiar warnings and
promises; gigantic breakers fell with swish and thud upon the black
rocks below, flinging lustreless white froth into the gray mist; and the
grounds, where the men of Candlestick Cove must cast lines and haul
traps, were in an ill-tempered, white-capped tumble—black waves rolling
out of a melancholy fog, hanging low, which curtained the sea beyond.

The hands of the men of Candlestick Cove were raw with salt-water sores;
all charms against the affliction of toil in easterly gales had
failed—brass bracelets and incantations alike. And the eyes of the men
of Candlestick Cove were alert with apprehensive caution: tense, quick
to move, clear and hard under drawn brows. With a high sea perversely
continuing beyond the harbor tickle, there was no place in the eyes of
men for the light of humor or love, which thrive in security. Windy
weather, indeed! ’Twas a time for men to _be_ men!

“I ’low I never seed nothin’ _like_ it,” Jonathan Stock complained.

The sea, breaking upon the Rock o’ Wishes, and the wind, roaring past,
confused old Tom Lull.

“What say?” he shouted.

“Nothin’ _like_ it,” said Jonathan Stock.

They had come in from the sea with empty punts, and they were now
pulling up the harbor, side by side, toward the stage-heads, which were
lost in the misty dusk. Old Tom had hung in the lee of the Rock o’
Wishes until Jonathan Stock came flying over the tickle breaker in a
cloud of spray. The wind had been in the east beyond the experience of
eighty years; it was in his aged mind to exchange opinions upon the
marvel.

“Me neither,” said he.

They were drawing near Herring Point, within the harbor, where the noise
of wind and sea, in an easterly gale, diminishes.

“I ’low I _never_ seed nothin’ like it,” said Jonathan Stock.

“Me neither, Skipper Jonathan.”

“Never _seed_ nothin’ like it.”

They pulled on in silence—until the froth of Puppy Rock was well astern.

“Me neither,” said Tom.

“_I_ never seed nothin’ like it,” Jonathan grumbled.

Old Tom wagged his head.

“No, sir!” Jonathan declared. “Never seed _nothin’_ like it.”

“Me neither.”

“Not like _this_,” said Jonathan, testily.

“Me neither,” old Tom agreed. “Not like this. No, sir; me neither, b’y!”

’Twas a grand, companionable exchange of ideas! A gush of talk! A
whirlwind of opinion! Both enjoyed it—were relieved by it: rid of the
gathered thought of long hours alone on the grounds. Jonathan Stock had
expressed himself freely and at length; so, too, old Tom Lull. ’Twas
heartening—this easy sociability. Tom Lull was glad that he had waited
in the lee of the Rock o’ Wishes; he had felt the need of conversation,
and was now gratified; so, too, Jonathan Stock. But now, quite exhausted
of ideas, they proceeded in silence, pulling mechanically through the
dripping mist. From time to time old Tom Lull wagged his head and darkly
muttered; but the words invariably got lost in his mouth.

Presently both punts came to Jonathan Stock’s stage.

“I _’low_,” Jonathan exclaimed, in parting, “I never seed nothin’ like
it!”

Old Tom lifted his oars. He drew his hand over his wet beard. A moment
he reflected—frowning at the mist: deep in philosophical labor. Then he
turned quickly to Jonathan Stock: turned in delight, his gray old face
clear of bewilderment—turned as if about to deliver himself of some vast
original conception, which might leave nothing more to be said.

“Me neither!” he chuckled, as his oars struck the water and his punt
moved off into the mist.

Windy weather! Moreover, it was a lean year—the leanest of three lean
years. The flakes were idle, unkempt, dripping the fog; the stages were
empty, the bins full of salt; the splitting-knives were rusted: this
though men and punts and nets were worn out with toil. There was no
fish: wherefore, the feeling men of Candlestick Cove kept clear of the
merchant of the place, who had outfitted them all in the spring of the
year, and was now contemplating the reckoning at St. John’s with much
terror and some ill-humor.

It was a lean year—a time of uneasy dread. From Cape Norman to the Funks
and beyond, the clergy, acutely aware of the prospect, and perceiving
the opportunity to be even more useful, preached from comforting texts.
“The Lord will provide” was the theme of gentle Parson Grey of Doubled
Arm; and the discourse culminated in a passionate allusion to “Yet have
I never seen the seed of the righteous begging bread.” Parson Stump of
Burnt Harbor—a timid little man with tender gray eyes—treated “Your
Heavenly Father feedeth them” with inspiring faith.

By all this the apprehension of the folk was lulled; it was admitted
even by the unrighteous that there were times when ’twas better to be
with than without the clergy. At Little Harbor Shallow, old Skipper Job
Sutler, a man lacking in understanding, put out no more to the grounds
off Devil-may-Care.

“Skipper Job,” the mail-boat captain warned, “you better get out t’ the
grounds in civil weather.”

“Oh,” quoth Job, “the Lard’ll take care o’ we!”

The captain was doubtful.

“An’, anyhow,” says Job, “if the Lard don’t, the gov’ment’s got to!”

His youngest child died in the famine months of the winter. But that was
his fault....

                   *       *       *       *       *

Skipper Jonathan Stock was alone with the trader in the shop of
Candlestick Cove. The squat, whitewashed building gripped a
weather-beaten point of harbor shore. It was night—a black night, the
wind blowing high, rain pattering fretfully upon the roof. The worried
little trader—spare, gimlet-eyed, thin-whiskered, now perched on the
counter—slapped his calf with a yardstick; the easterly gale was fast
aggravating his temper beyond control. It was bright and warm in the
shop; the birch billets spluttered and snored in the stove, and a great
lamp suspended from the main rafter showered the shelves and counter and
greasy floor with light. Skipper Jonathan’s clothes of moleskin steamed
with the rain and spray of the day’s toil.

“No, John,” said the trader, sharply; “she can’t have un—it can’t be
done.”

Jonathan slowly examined his wrist; the bandage had got loose. “No?” he
asked, gently, his eyes still fixed on the salt-water sore.

“No, sir.”

Jonathan drew a great hand over his narrow brow, where the rain still
lay in the furrows. It passed over his beard—a gigantic beard, bushy and
flaming red. He shook the rain-drops from his hand.

“No, Mister Totley,” he repeated, in a patient drawl. “No—oh no.”

Totley hummed the opening bars of “Wrecked on the Devil’s Finger.” He
broke off impatiently—and sighed.

“She _can’t_,” Jonathan mused. “No—_she_ can’t.”

The trader began to whistle, but there was no heart in the diversion;
and there was much poignant distress in the way he drummed on the
counter.

“I wouldn’t be carin’ so much,” Jonathan softly persisted—“no, not so
_much_, if ’twasn’t their birthday. She told un three year ago they
could have un—when they was twelve. An’, dear man! they’ll be twelve two
weeks come Toosday. Dear man!” he exclaimed again, with a fleeting
little smile, “_how_ the young ones grows!”

The trader slapped his lean thigh and turned his eyes from Jonathan’s
simple face to the rafters. Jonathan bungled with the bandage on his
wrist; but his fingers were stiff and large, and he could not manage the
thread. A gust of wind made the roof ring with the rain.

“An’ the other little thing?” Jonathan inquired. “Was you ’lowin’ my
woman could have—the other little thing? She’ve her heart sort o’ sot on
_that_. Sort o’ _sot_ on havin’—that there little thing.”

“Can’t do it, Jonathan.”

“Ay,” Jonathan repeated, blankly. “She was sayin’ the day ’twas sort o’
giddy of her; but she was ’lowin’ her heart was sort o’ _sot_ on
havin’—that little thing.”

Totley shook his head.

“Her heart,” Jonathan sighed.

“Can’t do it, John.”

“Mm-m-m! No,” Jonathan muttered, scratching his head in helplessness and
bewilderment; “he can’t give that little thing t’ the woman, neither.
Can’t give she _that_.”

Totley shook his head. It was not an agreeable duty thus to deny
Jonathan Stock of Candlestick Cove. It pinched the trader’s heart. “But
a must is a must!” thought he. The wind was in the east, with no sign of
change, and ’twas late in the season; and there was no fish—_no fish_,
God help us all! There would be famine at Candlestick Cove—_famine_, God
help us all! The folk of Candlestick Cove—Totley’s folk—must be fed;
there must be no starvation. And the creditors at St. John’s—Totley’s
creditors—were wanting fish insistently. _Wanting fish_, God help us!
when there was no fish. There was a great gale of ruin blowing up; there
would be an accounting to his creditors for the goods they had given him
in faith—there must be no waste of stock, no indulgence of whims. He
must stand well. The creditors at St. John’s must be so dealt with that
the folk of Candlestick Cove—Totley’s folk—could be fed through the
winter. ’Twas all-important that the folk should be fed—just fed with
bread and molasses and tea: nothing more than that. Nothing more than
that, by the Lord! would go out of the store.

Jonathan pushed back his dripping cloth cap and sighed. “’Tis fallin’
out wonderful,” he ventured.

Totley whistled to keep his spirits up.

“Awful!” said Jonathan.

The tune continued.

“She ’lows,” Jonathan went on, “that if it keeps on at this rate she
won’t have none left by spring. That’s what _she_ ’lows will happen.”

Totley proceeded to the chorus.

“No, sir,” Jonathan pleaded; “she’ll have nar a one!”

The trader avoided his eye.

“An’ it makes her _feel_ sort o’ bad,” Jonathan protested. “I tells her
that with or without she won’t be no different t’ me. Not t’ _me_. But
she sort o’ feels bad just the same. You sees, sir,” he stammered,
abashed, “she—she—she’s only a woman!”

Totley jumped from the counter. “Look you Jonathan!” said he,
decisively, “she can _have_ it.”

Jonathan beamed.

“She can have what she wants for herself, look you! but she can’t have
no oil-skins for the twins, though ’tis their birthday. ’Tis hard times,
Jonathan, with the wind glued t’ the east; an’ the twins is got t’ go
wet. What kind she want? Eh? I got two kinds in the case. I don’t
recommend neither o’ them.”

Jonathan scratched his head.

“Well, then,” said the trader, “you better find out. If she’s goin’ t’
have it at all, she better have the kind she hankers for.”

Jonathan agreed.

“Skipper Jonathan,” said the trader, much distressed, “we’re so poor at
Candlestick Cove that we ought t’ be eatin’ moss. I’ll have trouble
enough, this fall, gettin’ flour from St. John’s t’ go ’round. Skipper
Jonathan, if you could get your allowance o’ flour down t’ five barrels
instead o’ six, I’d thank you. The young ones is growin’, I knows;
but—well, I’d thank you, Jonathan, I’d thank you!”

“Mister Totley, sir,” Jonathan Stock replied, solemnly, “I _will_ get
that flour down t’ five. Don’t you fret no more about feedin’ my little
crew,” he pleaded. “’Tis kind o’ you; an’ I’m sorry you’ve t’ fret.”

“Thank you, Jonathan.”

“An’ ... you wouldn’t mind lashin’ this bit o’ cotton on my wrist, would
you, sir? The sleeve o’ my jacket sort o’ chafes the sore.”

“A bad hand, Jonathan!”

“No—oh no; _it_ ain’t bad. I’ve had scores of un in my time. It don’t
amount t’ nothin’. Oh no—it ain’t what you might call _bad_!”

The wrist was bound anew. Jonathan stumbled down the dark steps to the
water-side, glad that his wife was to have that which she so much
desired. He pushed out in the punt. She was only a woman, he thought,
with an indulgent smile, but she _did_ want—that little thing. The wind
was high—the rain sweeping out of the east. He turned the bow of the
punt toward a point of light shining cheerily far off in the dark,
tumultuous night.

                   *       *       *       *       *

Jonathan Stock had no more than got off his soggy boots, and washed his
hands, and combed his hair, and drawn close to the kitchen fire—while
his wife clattered over the bare floor about the business of his
comfort—when Parson Jaunt tapped and entered: and folded his umbrella,
and wiped his face with a white handkerchief, and jovially rubbed his
hands together. This was a hearty, stout little man, with a double chin
and a round, rosy face; with twinkling eyes; with the jolliest little
paunch in the world; dressed all in black cloth, threadbare and shiny,
powdered with dandruff upon the shoulders; and wearing a gigantic yellow
chain hanging from pocket to pocket of the waistcoat, and wilted collar
and cuffs, and patent-leather shoes, which were muddy and cracked and
turned up at the toes. A hearty welcome he got; and he had them all
laughing at once—twins and all. Even the chickens in the coop under the
settee clucked, and the kid behind the stove rapturously bleated, and
the last baby chuckled, and the dog yawned and shook his hind quarters,
joyfully awake.

’Twas always comforting to have Parson Jaunt drop in. Wherever he went
among the folk of Candlestick Cove, in wet weather or dry, poor times or
bad, there was a revival of jollity. His rippling person, smiling face,
quick laugh, amiable intimacy, his quips and questions, his way with
children—these made him beloved. Ay, there was always a welcome for
Parson Jaunt!

“Ha, ha! Yes,” the parson proceeded, “the brethren will be here on the
next mail-boat for the district meeting. Ha, ha! Well, well, now! And
how’s the baby getting along, Aunt Tibbie? Hut! you little toad; don’t
you laugh at me!”

But the baby would.

“Ha-a-a, you rat! You _will_ laugh, will you? He’s a fine child,
that.... And I was thinking, Skipper Jonathan, that you and Aunt Tibbie
might manage Parson All of Satan’s Trap. Times are hard, of course; but
it’s the Lord’s work, you know.... Eh? Get out, you squid! Stop that
laughing!”

The baby could not.

“Stop it, I say!”

The baby doubled up, and squirmed, and wiggled his toes, and gasped with
glee.

“Yes,” the parson continued, “that you might manage Parson All of
Satan’s Trap.”

“T’ be sure!” cried Skipper Jonathan. “We’ll manage un, an’ be glad!”

Aunt Tibbie’s face fell.

“That’s good,” said the parson. “Now, that _is_ good news. ’Tis most
kind of you, too,” he added, earnestly, “in these hard times. And it
ends my anxiety. The brethren are now all provided for.... Hey, you
wriggler! Come out of that! Ha, ha! Well, well!” He took the baby from
the cradle. “Gi’ me a kiss, now. Hut! You won’t? Oh, you _will_, will
you?” He kissed the baby with real delight. “I thought so. Ha! I thought
so.” He put the baby back. “You little slobbery squid!” said he, with a
last poke. “Ha! you little squid!”

Aunt Tibbie’s face was beaming. Anxiety and weariness were for the
moment both forgot. ’Twas good, indeed, to have Parson Jaunt drop in!

“Eh, woman?” Jonathan inquired.

“Oh, ay!” she answered. “We’ve always a pillow an’ a bite t’ eat for the
Lard’s anointed.”

“The Lord’s anointed!” the parson repeated, quickly. “Ah, that’s it,
sister,” said he, the twinkle gone from his upturned eyes. “I’ve a
notion to take that up next Sunday. And Parson All,” he continued, “is a
saintly fellow. Yes, indeed! Converted at the age of seven. He’s served
the Lord these forty years. Ah, dear me! what a profitable season you’ll
be having with him! A time of uplifting, a time of—of—yes,
indeed!—uplifting.” The parson was not clever; he was somewhat limited
as to ideas, as to words; indeed, ’twas said he stuttered overmuch in
preaching and was given to repetition. But he was sincere in the
practise of his profession, conceiving it a holy calling; and he did the
best he could, than which no man can do more. “A time,” he repeated,
“of—of—yes—of uplifting.”

Aunt Tibbie was taken by an anxious thought. “What do he fancy,” she
asked, “for feedin’?”

“Ha, ha!” the parson exploded, in his delightfully jocular way. “That’s
the woman of it. Well, well, now! Yes, indeed! There speaks the good
housewife. Eh, Skipper Jonathan? _You’re_ well looked after, I’ll
warrant. That’s rather good, you know, coming from you, Aunt Tibbie. Ha,
ha! Why, Aunt Tibbie, he eats anything. Anything at all! You’ll want
very little extra—very, very little extra. But he’ll tell you when he
comes. Don’t worry about that. Just what you have for yourselves, you
know. If it doesn’t agree with him, he’ll ask for what he desires.”

“Sure, _sir_!” said Skipper Jonathan, heartily. “Just let un ask for
it.”

“Ay,” Aunt Tibbie echoed, blankly; “just let un ask for it. Sure, he can
speak for hisself.”

“Of _course_!” cried the parson, jovially. “Why, to be sure! _That’s_
the hospitality for me! Nothing formal about that. That’s just what
makes us Newfoundlanders famous for hospitality. That’s what I _like_.
‘Just let un ask.’”

The clock struck. Skipper Jonathan turned patiently to the dial. He must
be at sea by dawn. The gale, still blowing high, promised heavy labor at
the oars. He was depressed by the roar and patter of the night. There
came, then, an angry gust of rain—out of harmony with the parson’s
jovial spirit: sweeping in from the black sea where Jonathan must toil
at dawn.

“Ay,” he sighed, indifferently.

Aunt Tibbie gave him an anxious glance.

“Yes, indeed! Ha, ha!” the parson laughed. “Let me see, now,” he
rattled. “To-morrow. Yes, yes; to-morrow _is_ Tuesday. Well, now, let me
see; yes—mm-m-m, of course, that’s right—you will have the privilege of
entertaining Brother All for four days. I wish it was more. I wish for
your sake,” he repeated, honestly, being unaware of the true situation
in this case, “that it _could_ be more. But it can’t. I assure you, it
can’t. He _must_ get the mail-boat north. Pity,” he continued, “the
brethren can’t linger. These district meetings are so helpful, so
inspiring, so refreshing. Yes, indeed! And then the social aspect—the
relaxation, the flow of soul! We parsons are busy men—cooped up in a
study, you know; delving in books. Our brains get tired. Yes, indeed!
They need rest.” Parson Jaunt was quite sincere. Do not misunderstand
him. ’Twould be unkind, even, to laugh at him. He was not clever; that
is all. “Brain labor, Skipper Jonathan,” he concluded, with an odd touch
of pomposity, “is hard labor.”

“Ay,” said Skipper Jonathan, sympathetically; “you parsons haves
wonderful hard lines. I Wouldn’t like t’ _be_ one. No, sir; not me!”

In this—in the opinion and feeling—Skipper Jonathan was sincere. He most
properly loved Parson Jaunt, and was sorry for him, and he must not be
laughed at.

“But,” the parson argued, “we have the district meetings—times of
refreshing: when brain meets brain, you know, and wit meets wit, and the
sparks fly. Ha, ha! Yes, indeed! The social aspect is not to be
neglected. Dear me, no! Now, for illustration, Mrs. Jaunt is to
entertain the clergy at the parsonage on Thursday evening. Yes, indeed!
She’s planned the refreshments already.” The parson gave Aunt Tibbie a
sly, sly glance, and burst out laughing. “Ha, ha!” he roared. “I know
what you want. You want to know what she’s going to have, don’t you?
Woman’s curiosity, eh? Ha, ha! Oh, you women!” Aunt Tibbie smiled.
“Well,” said the parson, importantly, “I’ll tell you. But it’s a secret,
mind you! Don’t you tell Brother All!” Aunt Tibbie beamed. “Well,” the
parson continued, his voice falling to a whisper, “she’s going to have a
jelly-cake, and an angel-cake, and a tin of beef.” The twins sat up,
wide-eyed with attention. “Eh? Ha, ha!” the parson laughed. “You got
that? And she’s going to have something more.” Aunt Tibbie leaned
forward—agape, her eyes staring. The twins were already overcome. “Yes,
indeed!” said the parson. “_She’s got a dozen bananas from St. John’s!_
Eh? Ha, ha! And she’s going to slice ’em and put ’em in a custard. Ha,
ha!”

The twins gasped.

“Ha, ha!” the parson roared.

They were all delighted—parson, skipper, housewife, and twins. Nor in
providing this hospitality for the Black Bay clergy was the parson in
thought or deed a selfish shepherd. It would be unkind—it would be most
unfair—to think it. He was an honest, earnest servant of the Master he
acknowledged, doing good at Candlestick Cove, in fair and foul weather.
He lived his life as best he could—earnestly, diligently, with pure,
high purpose. But he was not clever: that is all. ’Twould be an evil
thing for more brilliant folk (and possibly less kindly) to scorn him.

“Yes, indeed!” the parson laughed. “And look here, now—why, I must be
off! Where’s my umbrella? Here it is.... _Will_ you look at that baby,
Aunt Tibbie? He’s staring at me yet. Get out, you squid! Stop that
laughing. Got a kiss for me? Oh, you _have_, have you? Then give it to
me.... A fine baby that; yes, indeed! A fine baby.... Get out, you
wriggler! Leave your toes be. Ha-a-a! I’ll catch you—yes, I will!...
What a night it is! How the wind blows and the rain comes down! And no
sign of fish, Skipper Jonathan? Ah, well, the Lord will provide.
Good-night. God bless you!”

“You’ll get wonderful wet, sir,” said Aunt Tibbie, with a little frown
of anxiety.

“I don’t mind it in the least,” cried the parson. “Not at all. I’m used
to it.”

Skipper Jonathan shut the door against the wind.

“Will it never stop blowin’!” Aunt Tibbie complained.

Outside, wind and rain had their way with the world. Aunt Tibbie and
Skipper Jonathan exchanged glances. They were thinking of the dawn.

“I’m wantin’ t’ go t’ bed, Tibbie,” Jonathan sighed, “for I’m wonderful
tired.”

“An’ I’m tired, too, dear,” said Aunt Tibbie, softly. “Leave us all go
t’ bed.”

They were soon sound asleep....

                   *       *       *       *       *

Parson All turned out to be a mild little old man with spectacles. His
eyes were blue—faded, watery, shy: wherein were many flashes of humor
and kindness. His face was smooth and colorless—almost as white as his
hair, which was also long and thin and straight. When Jonathan came in
from the sea after dark—from the night and wet and vast confusion of
that place—Parson All was placidly rocking by the kitchen fire, his
hands neatly folded, his trousers drawn up, so that his ankles and
calves might warm; and the kitchen was in a joyous tumult, with which
the little old man from Satan’s Trap was in benevolent sympathy.
Jonathan had thought to find the house solemn, the wife in a fluster,
the twins painfully washed and brushed, the able seamen of the little
crew glued to their stools; but no! the baby was crowing in the cradle,
the twins tousled and grinning, the wife beaming, the little crew
rolling on the floor—the whole kitchen, indeed, in a gratefully familiar
condition of chaos and glee.

At once they sat down to supper.

“I’m glad t’ have you, parson,” said Jonathan, his broad, hairy face
shining with soap and delight. “That I is. I’m _glad_ t’ have you.”

The parson’s smile was winning.

“Jonathan haves a wonderful taste for company,” Aunt Tibbie explained.

The man defended himself. “I isn’t able t’ help it,” said he. “I loves
t’ feed folk. An’ I isn’t able, an’ I never was able, an’ I never will
be able t’ help it. Here’s your brewis, sir. Eat hearty of it. Don’t
spare it.”

“They’s more in the pot,” Aunt Tibbie put in.

The parson’s gentle eye searched the table—as our eyes have often done.
A bit of hopeful curiosity—nothing more: a thing common to us all,
saints and sinners alike. We have all been hungry and we have all hoped;
but few of us, I fancy, being faint of hunger—and dyspeptic—have sat
down to a bowl of brewis. ’Tis no sin, in parson or layman, to wish for
more; for the Lord endowed them both with hunger, and cursed many,
indiscriminately, with indigestion. Small blame, then, to the parson,
who was desperately hungry; small blame to Jonathan, who had no more to
give. There is no fault anywhere to be descried. Ah, well! the parson’s
roving eye was disappointed, but twinkled just the same; it did not
darken—nor show ill-humor. There was a great bowl of brewis—a mountain
of it. ’Twas eyed by the twins with delight. But there was nothing more.
The parson’s eye—the shy, blue, twinkling eye—slyly sought the stove;
but the stove was bare. And still the mild eyes continued full of
benevolence and satisfaction. He was a _man_—that parson!

“Windy weather,” said he, with an engaging smile.

“Never seed nothin’ _like_ it!” Jonathan declared.

The twins were by this time busy with their forks, their eyes darting
little glances at the parson, at the parson’s overloaded plate, at the
ruin of the mountain.

“Wind in the east,” the parson remarked.

Jonathan was perturbed. “You isn’t very hearty the night,” said he.

“Oh, dear me, yes!” the parson protested. “I was just about to begin.”

The faces of the twins were by this overcast.

“Don’t spare it, parson.”

The parson gulped a mouthful with a wry face—an obstinately wry face; he
could _not_ manage to control it. He smiled at once—a quick, sweet
comprehensive little smile. It was heroic—he was sure that it was! And
it _was_! He could do no more. ’Twas impossible to take the brewis. A
melancholy—ay, and perilous—situation for a hungry man: an old man, and
a dyspeptic. Conceive it, if you can!

“_That_ ain’t hearty,” Aunt Tibbie complained.

“To be frank,” said the parson, in great humiliation—“to be perfectly
frank, I like brewis, but—”

The happiness faded from Aunt Tibbie’s eyes.

“—I don’t find it inspiring,” the parson concluded, in shame.

The twins promptly took advantage of the opportunity to pass their
plates for more.

“Dyspepsey?” Aunt Tibbie inquired.

“It might be called that,” Parson All replied, sweeping the board with a
smile, but yet with a flush of guilt and shame, “by a physician.”

“Poor man!” Aunt Tibbie signed.

There was a brief silence—expectant, but not selfishly so, on the part
of the parson; somewhat despairing on the part of the hosts.

“Well, parson,” Skipper Jonathan said, doggedly, “all you got t’ do is
_ask_ for what you wants.”

“No, no!”

“That’s all you got t’ do,” Jonathan persisted.

“Most kind of you, sir! But—no, no!”

“Please do!” Aunt Tibbie begged.

But the parson was not to be persuaded. Not Parson All of Satan’s Trap—a
kindly, sensitive soul! He was very hungry, to be sure, and must go
hungry to bed (it seemed); but he would not ask for what he wanted.
To-morrow? Well, _something_ had to be done. He would yield—he _must_
yield to the flesh—a little. This he did timidly: with shame for the
weakness of the flesh. He resented the peculiarity of brewis in his
particular case. Indeed, he came near to rebellion against the Lord—no,
not rebellion: merely rebellious questionings. But he is to be forgiven,
surely; for he wished most earnestly that he might eat brewis and
live—just as you and I might have done.

“Now, Parson All,” Jonathan demanded, “you just _got_ t’ tell.”

And, well, the parson admitted that a little bread and a tin of beef—to
be taken sparingly—would be a grateful diet.

“But we’ve none!” cried Aunt Tibbie. “An’ this night you’ll starve!”

“To-night,” said the parson, gently, “my stomach—is a bit out—anyhow.”

Presently he was shown to his bed....

                   *       *       *       *       *

“I ’low,” said Aunt Tibbie, when the parson was stowed away and she had
caught Skipper Jonathan’s wavering eye, “he’d better have more’n that.”

“He—he—he’ve just _got_ t’ have more.”

“He’ve a weak stomach,” Aunt Tibbie apologized. “Poor man!”

“I tells you, Tibbie,” Jonathan declared, “them parsons haves wonderful
hard times. They isn’t able t’ get out in the air enough. Too much
book-study. Too much brain labor. I wouldn’t change places with a
parson, woman, for all the world!”

Aunt Tibbie nodded absently.

“I ’low,” said Jonathan, “I’d better be gettin’ under way for the shop.”

The man drew on his boots and got into his oil-skins, and had his wrists
bandaged and went out. It was a long pull to the shop; but his mind was
too full of wonder and sly devising to perceive the labor of the way....
And the trader was silting alone in the shop, perched on the counter,
slapping his lean calf with a yardstick, while the rain pattered on the
roof and the wind went screaming past.

“You got a parson, Jonathan,” said he, accusingly. “Yes, you is.”

“Ay,” Jonathan admitted, “I got one.”

“An’ that’s what brings you here.”

“It be,” Jonathan replied, defiantly.

The silence was disquieting.

“I’m ’lowin’,” Jonathan stammered, “t’—t’-t’ sort o’ get four tins o’
beef.”

The trader beat his calf.

“An’ six pound o’ butter,” said Jonathan, “an’ some pickles.”

“Anything else?” the trader snapped.

“Ay,” said Jonathan, “they is.”

The trader sniffed.

“The parson haven’t said nothin’, but Tibbie’s got a notion that he’s
wonderful fond o’ canned peaches,” Jonathan ventured, diffidently. “She
’lows they’ll keep his food sweet.”

“Anything else?”

“No—oh no!” Jonathan sighed. “I ’low you wouldn’t give me three pound o’
cheese?” he asked. “Not that the parson _mentioned_ cheese, but Tibbie
’lows he’d find it healthful.” The trader nodded. “About four cans o’
peaches,” said Jonathan.

“I see,” said the trader.

Jonathan drew a great hand over his narrow brow, where the rain still
lay in the furrows. It passed over his red whiskers. He shook the
rain-drops from his hand.

“Oh, dear!” he sighed.

“Jonathan,” said the trader, sharply, “you’re a fool. I’ve long knowed
it. But I loves a fool; an’ you’re the biggest dunderhead I ever knowed.
You can _have_ the cheese; you can _have_ the beef; you can _have_ the
peaches. You can have un all. _But_—you got t’ pay.”

“Oh, ay,” said Jonathan, freely. “I’ll pay!”

“You’ll go without sweetness in your tea,” the trader burst out, “all
next winter. Understand? No sweetness in your tea. _That’s_ how you’ll
pay. If you takes these things, mark you, Jonathan!—an’ hearken well—if
you takes these things for your parson, there’ll be no molasses measured
out for _you_. You’ll take your tea straight. Do you understand me,
Jonathan Stock?”

“’Tis well,” said Jonathan.

“An’—”

“The other?” Jonathan interrupted, anxiously. “You wasn’t ’lowin’ t’
have the woman give up that, was you? ’Tis such a little thing.”

The trader was out of temper.

“Not that!” Jonathan pleaded.

“Just that!” Totley exclaimed. “I’ll not give it to her. If you’re t’
have parsons, why, pay for un. Don’t come askin’ me t’ do it for you.”

“But she—she—_she’s only a woman_! An’ she sort o’ feels bad. Not that
’twould make any difference t’ me—not t’ _me_. Oh, I tells her that. But
she ’lows she wants it, anyhow. She sort o’ _hankers_ for it. An’ if you
could manage—”

“Not I!” Totley was very much out of temper. “Pay for your own parson,”
he growled.

“Ah, well,” Jonathan sighed, “she ’lowed, if you made a p’int of it,
that she’d take the grub an’ do without—the other. Ay, do without—the
other.”

So Jonathan went home with what the parson needed to eat, and he was
happy.

                   *       *       *       *       *

It was still windy weather. Dusks and dawns came in melancholy
procession. The wind swept in the east—high, wet, cold. Fog and rain and
drift-ice were to be met on the grounds of Candlestick Cove. From
Nanny’s Old Head the outlook was more perturbing than ever: the sea’s
distances were still hid in the mist; the breakers on the black rocks
below gave the waste a voice, expressed its rage, its sullen purpose;
the grounds where the men of Candlestick Cove must fish were still in a
white-capped tumble; and the sores on the wrists of the men of
Candlestick Cove were not healed. There was no fish; the coast
hopelessly faced famine; men and women and children would all grow lean.
The winter, approaching, was like an angry cloud rising from the rim of
the sea. The faces of the men of Candlestick Cove were drawn—with fear
of the sea and with dread of what might come to pass. In the
meeting-house of Candlestick Cove, in district meeting assembled, the
Black Bay clergy engaged in important discussions, with which the sea
and the dripping rocks and the easterly wind had nothing to do....

                   *       *       *       *       *

The Black Bay parsons were exchanging farewells at the landing-stage.
The steamer was waiting. There had been no change in the weather: the
wind was blowing high from the east, there was fog abroad, the air was
clammy. Parson Jaunt took Parson All by the arm and led him aside.

“How was you fixed, brother?” he whispered, anxiously. “I haven’t had
time to ask you before.”

Parson All’s eyebrows were lifted in mild inquiry.

“Was you comfortable? Did you get enough to eat?”

There was concern in Parson Jaunt’s voice—a sweet, wistful
consideration.

“Yes, yes!” Parson All answered, quickly. “They are very good people—the
Stocks.”

“They’re clean, but—”

“Poor.”

[Illustration: “YOU WAS FIXED ALL RIGHT?” PARSON JAUNT ASKED]

“Very, very poor! Frankly, Brother All, I was troubled. Yes, indeed! I
was troubled. I knew they were poor, and I didn’t know whether it was
wise or right to put you there. I feared that you might fare rather
badly. But there was nothing else to do. I sincerely hope—”

Parson All raised a hand in protest.

“You was fixed all right?” Parson Jaunt asked.

“Yes, brother,” answered Parson All, in genuine appreciation of the
hospitality he had received. “It was touching. Praise the Lord! I’m glad
to know that such people _live_ in a selfish world like this. It was
very, very touching.”

Parson Jaunt’s face expressed some surprise.

“Do you know what they did?” said Parson All, taking Parson Jaunt by the
lapel of the coat and staring deep into his eyes. “_Do you know what
they did?_”

Parson Jaunt wagged his head.

“Why, brother,” Parson All declared, with genuinely grateful tears in
his eyes, “when I told Skipper Jonathan that brewis soured on my
stomach, he got me tinned beef, and butter, and canned peaches, and
cheese. I’ll never forget his goodness. Never!”

Parson Jaunt stared. “What a wonderful thing Christianity is!” he
exclaimed. “What a wonderful, wonderful thing! By their fruits,” he
quoted, “ye shall know them.”

The Black Bay clergy were called aboard. Parson Jaunt shook off the mild
old Parson All and rushed to the Chairman of the District, his black
coat-tails flying in the easterly wind, and wrung the Chairman’s hand,
and jovially laughed until his jolly little paunch shook like jelly....

                   *       *       *       *       *

That night, in the whitewashed cottage upon which the angry gale beat,
Skipper Jonathan and Aunt Tibbie sat together by the kitchen fire.
Skipper Jonathan was hopelessly in from the sea—from the white waves
thereof, and the wind, and the perilous night—and Aunt Tibbie had
dressed the sores on his wrists. The twins and all the rest of the
little crew were tucked away and sound asleep.

Skipper Jonathan sighed.

“What was you thinkin’ about, Jonathan?” Aunt Tibbie asked.

“Jus’ ponderin’,” said he.

“Ay; but what upon?”

“Well, Tibbie,” Jonathan answered, in embarrassment, “I was
jus’—ponderin’.”

“What is it, Jonathan?”

“I was ’lowin’, Tibbie,” Jonathan admitted, “that it wouldn’t be so
easy—no, not so _easy_—t’ do without that sweetness in my tea.”

Aunt Tibbie sighed.

“What _you_ thinkin’ about, dear?” Jonathan asked.

“I got a sinful hankerin’,” Aunt Tibbie answered, repeating the sigh.

“Is you, dear?”

“I got a sinful hankerin’,” said she, “for that there bottle o’
hair-restorer. For I don’t _want_ t’ go bald! God forgive me,” she
cried, in an agony of humiliation, “for this vanity!”

“Hush, dear!” Jonathan whispered, tenderly; “for I loves you, bald or
not!”

But Aunt Tibbie burst out crying.



VII—“BY-AN’-BY” BROWN OF BLUNDER COVE


“By-an’-by” Brown he was called at Blunder Cove. And as “By-an’-by”
Brown he was known within its fishing radius: Grave Head to Blow-me-down
Billy. Momentarily, on the wet night of his landing, he had been
“Mister” Brown; then—just “By-an’-by” Brown.

There was no secret about the baby. Young Brown was a bachelor of the
outports: even so, there was still no secret about the baby. Nonsense!
It was not “By-an’-by’s.” It never had been. Name? Tweak. Given name?
She. What! Well, then, _It_! Age? Recent—somewheres ’long about
midsummer. Blunder Cove was amazed, but, being used to sudden peril, to
misfortune, and strange chances, was not incredulous. Blunder Cove was
sympathetic: so sympathetic, indeed, so quick to minister and to assist,
that “By-an’-by” Brown, aged fifteen, having taken but transient shelter
for the child, remained to rear it, forever proposing, however, to
proceed—by-and-by. So there they were, “By-an’-by” Brown and the baby!
And the baby was not “By-an’-by’s.” Everybody knew it—even the baby:
perhaps best of all.

“By-an’-by” Brown had adopted the baby at Back Yard Bight of the
Labrador. There had been nothing else to do. It was quite out of the
question, whatever the proprieties, whatever the requirements of babies
and the inadequacy of bachelors—it was quite out of the question for
“By-an’-by” Brown, being a bachelor of tender years and perceptions, to
abandon even a baby at Back Yard Bight of the Labrador, having first
assisted at the interment of the mother and then instantly lost trace of
the delinquent father. The monstrous expedient had not even occurred to
him; he made a hasty bundle of the baby and took flight for more
populous neighborhoods, commanding advice, refuge, and infinitely more
valuable assistance from the impoverished settlements by the way. And
thereafter he remembered the bleak and lonely reaches of Back Yard Bight
as a stretch of coast where he had been considerably alarmed.

It had been a wet night when “By-an’-by” Brown and the baby put into
Blunder Cove—wind in the east, the sea in a tumble: a wet night, and
late of it. All the windows were black; and the paths of the place—a
water-side maze in the lee of great hills—were knee-deep in a flood of
darkness. “By-an’-by” Brown was downcast: this because of his years. He
was a lad of fifteen. Fifteen, mark you!—a gigantic fifteen: a wise and
competent fifteen, too, having for seven years fended for itself in the
turf huts of the Labrador and the forecastles of the lower coasts. But
still, for the moment, he was downcast by the burden upon his youth. So
he knocked diffidently at the first kitchen door; and presently he stood
abashed in a burst of warm light from within.

Shelter? Oh, ay! T’ be sure. But (in quick and resentful suspicion):

“B’y,” Aunt Phoebe Luff demanded, “what ye got in them ile-skins? Pups?”

“By-an’-by” Brown observed that there were embers in the kitchen stove,
that steam was faintly rising from the spout of the kettle.

“Baby,” said he.

Aunt Phoebe jumped. “What!” cried she:

“Jus’ a baby,” said “By-an’-by” Brown. “_Well!_—you give that there baby
here.”

“I’ll be glad t’, ma’am,” said young “By-an’-by” Brown, in childish
tenderness, still withholding the bundle from the woman’s extended arms,
“but not for keeps.”

“For keeps!” Aunt Phoebe snorted.

“No, ma’am; not for keeps. I’m ’lowin’ t’ fetch it up myself,” said
“By-an’-by” Brown, “by-an’-by.”

“Dunderhead!” Aunt Phoebe whispered, softly.

And “By-an’-by” Brown, familiar with the exigency, obediently went in.

                   *       *       *       *       *

_Then_ there were lights in the cottages of Blunder Cove: instantly, it
seemed. And company—and tea and hard bread and chatter—in Skipper Tom
Luff’s little white kitchen. A roaring fire in the stove: a kettle that
sang and chuckled and danced, glad once more to be engaged in the real
business of life. So was the cradle—glad to be useful again, though its
activity had been but for an hour suspended. It went to work in a
business-like way, with never a creak, in response to the gentle toe of
“By-an’-by” Brown’s top-boot. There was an inquisition, too, through
which “By-an’-by” Brown crooned to the baby, “Hush-a-by!” and absently
answered, “Uh-huh!” and “By-an’-by!” as placid as could be. Concerning
past troubles: Oh, they was—yesterday. And of future difficulties: Well,
they was—by-an’-by. “Hush-a-by!” and “By-an’-by!” So they gave him a new
name—“By-an’-by” Brown—because he was of those whose past is forgot in
yesterday and whose future is no more inimical than—well, jus’
by-an’-by.

“By-an’-by” Brown o’ Blunder Cove—paddle-punt fishin’ the Blow-me-down
grounds....

                   *       *       *       *       *

It had not been for keeps. “By-an’-by” Brown resisted in a fashion so
resolute that no encroachment upon his rights was accomplished by Aunt
Phoebe Luff. He had wandered too long alone to be willing to yield up a
property in hearts once he possessed it. And Blunder Cove approved. The
logic was simple: _If_ “By-an’-by” Brown took the child t’ raise, why,
then, nobody else would _have_ t’. The proceeding was never regarded as
extraordinary. Nobody said, “How queer!” It was looked upon merely as a
commendably philanthropic undertaking on the part of “By-an’-by” Brown;
the accident of his sex and situation had nothing to do with the
problem. Thus, when Aunt Phoebe’s fostering care was no longer
imperative “By-an’-by” Brown said _Now_ for the first time in his life,
and departed with the baby. By that time, of course, there was an
establishment: a whitewashed cottage by the water-side, a stage, a
flake, a punt—all the achievement of “By-an’-by’s” own hands. A new
account, too: this on the ledger of Wull & Company, trading the French
Shore with the _Always Loaded_, putting in off and on.

“By-an’-by’s” baby began to grow perceptibly. “By-an’-by” just kept on
growing, ’lowin’ t’ stop sometime—by-an’-by. It happened—by-an’-by. This
was when he was two-and-twenty: by which time, according to enthusiastic
observers from a more knowing and appreciative world, he was
Magnificent. The splendor consisted, it was said, in bulk, muscle, and
the like, somewhat, too, perhaps, in poise and glance; but Blunder Cove
knew that these external and relatively insignificant aspects were
transcended by the spiritual graces which “By-an’-by” Brown displayed.
He was religious; but it must be added that he was amiable. A great,
tender, devoted dog: “By-an’-by” Brown. This must be said for him: that
if he by-an’-byed the unpleasant necessities into a future too distant
to be troublesome, he by-an’-byed the appearance of evil to the same far
exile. After all, it may be a virtue to practise the art of
by-an’-bying.

As for the baby at this period, the age of seven years, the least said
the less conspicuous the failure to say anything adequate. Language was
never before so helplessly mocked. It may be ventured, however, to prove
the poverty of words, that dispassionately viewed through the eyes of
“By-an’-by” Brown, she was angelic. “Jus’ a wee li’l’ mite of a angel!”
said he. Of course, this is not altogether original, nor is it specific;
but it satisfied “By-an’-by” Brown’s idea of perfection. A slim little
slip of a maid of the roguishly sly and dimpled sort: a maid of delicate
fashioning, exquisite of feature—a maid of impulsive affections. Exact
in everything; and exacting, too—in a captivating way. And herein was
propagated the germ of disquietude for “By-an’-by” Brown: promising,
indeed (fostered by the folly of procrastination), a more tragic
development. “By-an’-by’s” baby was used to saying, You _told_ me so.
Also, But you _promised_. The particular difficulty confronting
“By-an’-by” Brown was the baby’s insistent curiosity, not inconsistent
with the age of seven, concerning the whereabouts of her father and the
time and manner of his return.

Brown had piqued it into being: just by saying—“By-an’-by!”

“Ay,” says she; “but _when_ will he be comin’ back?”

“Why,” he answered, bewildered—“by-an’-by!”

It was a familiar evasion. The maid frowned. “Is you sure?” she
demanded, sceptically.

“Ye bet ye!” he was prompt to reply, feeling bound now, to convince her,
whatever came of it; “he’ll be comin’ back—by-an’-by.”

“Well, then,” said the maid, relieved, “I s’pose so.”

Brown had never disclosed the brutal delinquency of Long Bill Tweak. Not
to the maid, because he could not wound her; not to Blunder Cove,
because he would not shame her. The revelation must be made, of course;
but not now—by-an’-by. The maid knew that her mother was dead beyond
recall: no mystery was ever made of that; and there ended the childish
wish and wonder concerning that poor woman. But her father? Here was an
inviting mystery. No; he was not what you might call dead—jus’ sort o’
gone away. Would he ever come back? Oh, _sure_! no need o’ frettin’
about that; _he’d_ be back—by-an’-by. Had “By-an’-by” Brown said
_Never_, the problem would have been dieposed of, once and for all: the
fretting over with, once and for all. But what he said was this
uncourageous and specious by-an’-by. So the maid waited in interested
speculation: then impatiently. For she was used to saying, You _told_ me
so. Also, But then you _promised_.

As by-an’-by overhauled by-an’-by in the days of “By-an’-by” Brown, and
as the ultimate by-an’-by became imminent, “By-an’-by” Brown was ever
more disquieted.

“But,” says the maid, “‘by-an’-by’ is never.”

“Oh, my, no!” he protested.

She tapped the tip of his nose with a long little forefinger, and
emphasized every word with a stouter tap. “Yes—it—is!” said she.

“Not _never_,” cried “By-an’-by” Brown.

“Then,” says she, “is it to-morrow?”

Brown violently shook his head.

“Is it nex’ week?”

“Goodness, no!”

“Well,” she insisted—and she took “By-an’-by’s” face between her palms
and drew it close to search his eyes—“is it nex’ year?”

“Maybe.”

She touched the tip of her white little nose to the sunburned tip of
his. “But _is_ it?” she persisted.

“Uh-huh,” said “By-an’-by” Brown, recklessly, quite overcome, committing
himself beyond redemption; “nex’ year.”

And “By-an’-by’s” baby remembered....

                   *       *       *       *       *

Next year began, of course, with the first day of January. And a day
with wind and snow it was! Through the interval of three months
preceding, Brown had observed the approach of this veritable by-an’-by
with rising alarm. And on New Year’s Day, why, there it was: by-an’-by
come at last! “By-an’-by” Brown, though twenty-two, was frightened. No
wonder! Hitherto his life had not been perturbed by insoluble
bewilderments. But how to produce Long Bill Tweak from the mist into
which he had vanished at Back Yard Bight of the Labrador seven years
ago? It was beyond him. Who could call Bill Tweak from seven years of
time and the very waste places of space? Not “By-an’-by” Brown, who
could only ponder and sigh and scratch his curly head. And here was the
maid, used to saying, as maids of seven will, But you told me so! and,
You _promised_! So “By-an’-by” Brown was downcast as never before; but
before the day was spent he conceived that the unforeseen might yet
fortuitously issue in the salvation of himself and the baby.

“Maybe,” thought he—“by-an’-by!”

As January progressed the maid grew more eager and still more confident.
He _promised_, thinks she; also, He _told_ me so. There were times, as
the terrified Brown observed, when this eagerness so possessed the child
that she trembled in a fashion to make him shiver. She would start from
her chair by the stove when a knock came late o’ windy nights on the
kitchen door; she would stare up the frozen harbor to the Tickle by
day—peep through the curtains, interrupt her housewifely duties to keep
watch at the window.

“Anyhow, he _will_ come,” says she, quite confidently, “by-an’-by.”

“Uh-huh!” Brown must respond.

What was a shadow upon the gentle spirit of “By-an’-by” Brown was the
sunlight of certain expectation irradiating “By-an’-by’s” baby. But the
maid fell ill. Nobody knew why. Suspicion dwelled like a skeleton with
“By-an’-by” Brown; but this he did not divulge to Blunder Cove. Nothin’
much the matter along o’ she, said the Cove; jus’ a little spell o’
somethin’ or other. It was a childish indisposition, perhaps—but come
with fever and pallor and a poignant restlessness. “By-an’-by” Brown had
never before known how like to a black cloud the future of a man might
be. At any rate, she must be put to bed: whereupon, of course,
“By-an’-by” Brown indefinitely put off going to bed, having rather stand
watch, he said. It was presently a question at Blunder Cove: who was the
more wan and pitiable, “By-an’-by’s” baby, being sick, or “By-an’-by,”
being anxious? And there was no cure anywhere to be had—no cure for
either. “By-an’-by” Brown conceived that the appearance of Long Bill
Tweak would instantly work a miracle upon the maid. But where was Bill
Tweak? There was no magic at hand to accomplish the feat of summoning a
scamp from Nowhere!

One windy night “By-an’-by” Brown sat with the child to comfort her. “I
’low,” he drawled, “that you wisht a wonderful sight that your father
was here.”

“Uh-_huh_!” the maid exclaimed.

Brown sighed. “I s’pose,” he muttered.

“Is he comin’?” she demanded.

“Oh—by-an’-by!”

“I wisht ’twas _now_,” said she. “That I does!”

Brown listened to the wind. It was blowing high and bitterly: a winter
wind, with snow from the northeast. “By-an’-by” was troubled.

“I ’low,” said he, hopelessly, “that you’ll love un a sight, won’t
ye?—when he comes?”

“Ye bet ye!” the maid answered.

“More’n ye love—some folks?”

“A lot,” said she.

Brown was troubled. He heard the kitchen stove snore in its familiar
way, the kettle bubble, the old wind assault the cottage he had builded
for the baby; and he remembered recent years—and was troubled.

“Will ye love un more?” he asked, anxiously, turning his face from the
child, “than ye loves me?” He hesitated. “Ye won’t, will ye?” he
implored.

“’Twill be different,” said she.

“Will it?” he asked, rather vacantly.

“Ye see,” she explained, “he’ll be my _father_.”

“Then,” suggested “By-an’-by,” “ye’ll be goin’ away along o’ he?—when he
comes?”

“Oh, my, no!”

“Ye’ll not? Ye’ll stay along o’ me?”

“Why, ye see,” she began, bewildered, “I’ll—why, o’ course, I’ll—oh,”
she complained, “what ye ask me _that_ for?”

“Jus’ couldn’t _help_ it,” said “By-an’-by,” humbly.

The maid began to cry.

“Don’t!” pleaded “By-an’-by” Brown. “Jus’ can’t _stand_ it. I’ll do
anything if ye’ll on’y stop cryin’. Ye can _have_ your father. Ye
needn’t love me no more. Ye can go away along o’ he. An’ he’ll be comin’
soon, too. Ye’ll see if he don’t. Jus’ by-an’-by—by-an’-by!”

“’Tis never,” the maid sobbed.

“No, no! By-an’-by is soon. Why,” cried “By-an’-by” Brown, perceiving
that this intelligence stopped the child’s tears, “by-an’-by
is—wonderful soon.”

“To-morrow?”

“Well, no; but—”

“’Tis never!” she wailed.

“’Tis nex’ week!” cried “By-an’-by” Brown....

                   *       *       *       *       *

When the dawn of Monday morning confronted “By-an’-by” Brown he was
appalled. Here was a desperately momentous situation: by-an’-by must be
faced—at last. Where was Long Bill Tweak? Nobody knew. How could Long
Bill Tweak be fetched from Nowhere? Brown scratched his head. But Long
Bill Tweak _must_ be fetched: for here was the maid, chirpin’ about the
kitchen—turned out early, ecod! t’ clean house against her father’s
coming. Cured? Ay; that she was—the mouse! “By-an’-by” Brown dared not
contemplate her collapse at midnight of Saturday. But chance intervened:
on Tuesday morning Long Bill Tweak made Blunder Cove on the way from
Lancy Loop to St. John’s to join the sealing fleet in the spring of the
year. Long Bill Tweak in the flesh! It was still blowing high: he had
come out of the snow—a shadow in the white mist, rounding the Tickle
rocks, observed from all the windows of Blunder Cove, but changing to
Long Bill Tweak himself, ill-kempt, surly, gruff-voiced, vicious-eyed,
at the kitchen door of “By-an’-by” Brown’s cottage.

Long Bill Tweak begged the maid, with a bristle-whiskered twitch—a
scowl, mistakenly delivered as a smile—for leave to lie the night in
that place.

The maid was afraid with a fear she had not known before. “We’re ’lowing
for company,” she objected.

“Come in!” “By-an’-by” called from the kitchen.

The maid fled in a fright to the inner room, and closed the door upon
herself; but Long Bill Tweak swaggered in.

“Tweak!” gasped “By-an’-by” Brown.

“Brown!” growled Long Bill Tweak.

There was the silence of uttermost amazement; but presently, with a
jerk, Tweak indicated the door through which “By-an’-by’s” baby had
fled.

“It?” he whispered.

Brown nodded.

“’Low I’ll be goin’ on,” said Long Bill Tweak, making for the windy day.

“Ye’ll go,” answered “By-an’-by” Brown, quietly, interposing his great
body, “when ye’re let: not afore.”

Long Bill Tweak contented himself with the hospitality of “By-an’-by”
Brown....

                   *       *       *       *       *

That night, when Brown had talked with the maid’s father for a long,
long time by the kitchen stove, the maid being then turned in, he softly
opened the bedroom door and entered, closing it absent-mindedly behind
him, dwelling the while, in deep distress, upon the agreement he had
wrested by threat and purchase from Long Bill Tweak. The maid was still
awake because of terror; she was glad, indeed, to have caught sight of
“By-an’-by” Brown’s broad, kindly young countenance in the beam of light
from the kitchen, though downcast, and she snuggled deeper into the
blankets, not afraid any more. “By-an’-by” touched a match to the
candle-wick with a great hand that trembled. He lingered over the simple
act—loath to come nearer to the evil necessity of the time. For Long
Bill Tweak was persuaded now to be fatherly to the child; and
“By-an’-by” Brown must yield her, according to her wish. He sat for a
time on the edge of the little bed, clinging to the maid’s hand; and he
thought, in his gentle way, that it was a very small, very dear hand,
and that he would wish to touch it often, when he could not.

Presently Brown sighed: then, taking heart, he joined issue with his
trouble.

“I ’low,” he began, “that you wisht your father was here.”

The maid did.

“I ’low,” he pursued, “that you wisht he was here this very minute.”

That the maid did!

“I ’low,” said “By-an’-by,” softly, lifting the child’s hands to his
lips, “that you wisht the man in the kitchen was him.”

“No,” the maid answered, sharply.

“Ye doesn’t?”

“Ye bet ye—no!” said she.

“Eh?” gasped the bewildered Brown.

The maid sat upright and stiff in bed. “Oh, my!” she demanded, in alarm;
“he _isn’t_, is he?”

“No!” said “By-an’-by” Brown.

“Sure?”

“Isn’t I jus’ _tol’_ ye so?” he answered, beaming.

Long Bill Tweak followed the night into the shades of forgotten time....

                   *       *       *       *       *

Came Wednesday upon “By-an’-by” Brown in a way to make the heart jump.
Midnight of Saturday was now fairly over the horizon of his adventurous
sea. Wednesday! Came Thursday—prompt to the minute. Days of bewildered
inaction! And now the cottage was ship-shape to the darkest corners of
its closets. Ship-shape as a wise and knowing maid of seven, used to
housewifely occupations, could make it: which was as ship-shape as
ship-shape could be, though you may not believe it. There was no more
for the maid to do but sit with folded hands and confidently expectant
gaze to await the advent of her happiness. Thursday morning: and
“By-an’-by” Brown had not mastered his bearings. Three days more:
Thursday, Friday, Saturday. It occurred, then, to “By-an’-by” Brown—at
precisely ten o’clock of Friday morning—that his hope lay in Jim Turley
of Candlestick Cove, an obliging man. They jus’ _had_ t’ be a father,
didn’t they? But they _wasn’t_ no father no more. Well, then, ecod!
_make_ one. Had t’ be a father, _some_how, didn’t they? And—well—there
was Jim Turley o’ Candlestick Cove. He’d answer. Why not Jim Turley o’
Candlestick Cove, an obligin’ man, known t’ be such from Mother Burke t’
the Cape Norman Light? He’d ’blige a shipmate in a mess like this, ecod!
You see if he didn’t!

Brown made ready for Candlestick Cove.

“But,” the maid objected, “what is I t’ do if father comes afore night?”

“Ah!” drawled “By-an’-by,” blankly.

“Eh?” she repeated.

“Why, o’ course,” he answered, with a large and immediate access of
interest, drawing the arm-chair near the stove, “you jus’ set un there
t’ warm his feet.”

“An’ if he doesn’t know me?” she protested.

“Oh, sure,” “By-an’-by” affirmed, “the ol’ man’ll know _you_, never
fear. You jus’ give un a cup o’ tea an’ say I’ll be back afore dark.”

“Well,” the maid agreed, dubiously.

“I’ll be off,” said Brown, in a flush of embarrassment, “when I fetches
the wood t’ keep your father cosey. He’ll be thirsty an’ cold when he
comes. Ye’ll take good care of un, won’t ye?”

“Ye bet ye!”

“Mind ye get them there ol’ feet warm. An’ jus’ you fair pour the tea
into un. He’s used t’ his share o’ tea, ye bet! _I_ knows un.”

And so “By-an’-by” Brown, travelling over the hills, came hopefully to
Jim Turley of Candlestick Cove, an obliging man, whilst the maid kept
watch at the window of the Blunder Cove cottage. And Jim Turley was a
most obligin’ man. ’Blige? Why, sure! _I’ll_ ’blige ye! There was no
service difficult or obnoxious to the selfish sons of men that Jim
Turley would not perform for other folk—if only he might ’blige. Ye jus’
go ast Jim Turley; _he’ll_ ’blige ye. And Jim Turley would with delight:
for Jim had a passion for ’bligin’—assiduously seeking opportunities,
even to the point of intrusion. Beaming Jim Turley o’ Candlestick Cove:
poor, shiftless, optimistic, serene, well-beloved Jim Turley, forever
cheerfully sprawling in the meshes of his own difficulties! Lean Jim
Turley—forgetful of his interests in a fairly divine satisfaction with
compassing the joy and welfare of his fellows! I shall never forget him:
his round, flaring smile, rippling under his bushy whiskers, a perpetual
delight, come any fortune; his mild, unself-conscious, sympathetic blue
eyes, looking out upon the world in amazement, perhaps, but yet in kind
and eager inquiry concerning the affairs of other folk; his blithe
“Yo-ho!” at labor, and “Easy does it!” Jim Turley o’ Candlestick
Cove—an’ obligin’ man!

“In trouble?” he asked of “By-an’-by” Brown, instantly concerned.

“Not ’xactly trouble,” answered “By-an’-by.”

“Sort o’ bothered?”

“Well, no,” drawled “By-an’-by” Brown; “but I got t’ have a father by
Satu’day night.”

“For yerself?” Jim mildly inquired.

“For the maid,” said “By-an’-by” Brown; “an’ I was ’lowin’,” he added,
frankly, “that you might ’blige her.”

“Well, now,” Jim Turley exclaimed, “I’d like t’ wonderful well! But, ye
see,” he objected, faintly, “bein’ a ol’ bachelor I isn’t s’posed t’—”

“Anyhow,” “By-an’-by” Brown broke in, “I jus’ got t’ have a father by
Satu’day night.”

“An’ I’m a religious man, an’—”

“No objection t’ religion,” Brown protested. “I’m strong on religion
m’self. Jus’ as soon have a religious father as not. Sooner. Now,” he
pleaded, “they isn’t nobody else in the world t’ ’blige me.”

“No,” Jim Turley agreed, in distress; “no—I ’low not.”

“An’ I jus’ _got_,” declared Brown, “t’ have a father by Satu’day
night.”

“Course you is!” cried Jim Turley, instantly siding with the woebegone.
“Jus’ got t’!”

“Well?”

“Oh, well, pshaw!” said Jim Turley, “_I’ll_ ’blige ye!”

The which he did, but with misgiving: arriving at Blunder Cove after
dark of Saturday, unobserved by the maid, whose white little nose was
stuck to the frosty window-pane, whose eyes searched the gloom gathered
over the Tickle rocks, whose ears were engaged with the tick-tock of the
impassive clock. No; he was not observed, however keen the lookout: for
he came sneaking in by Tumble Gully, ’cordin’ t’ sailin’ orders, to join
“By-an’-by” Brown in the lee of the meeting-house under Anxiety Hill,
where the conspiracy was to be perfected, in the light of recent
developments, and whence the sally was to be made. He was in a shiver of
nervousness; so, too, “By-an’-by” Brown. It was the moment of inaction
when conspirators must forever be the prey of doubt and dread. They were
determined, grim; they were most grave—but they were still afraid. And
Jim Turley’s conscience would not leave him be. A religious man, Jim
Turley! On the way from Candlestick Cove he had whipped the perverse
thing into subjection, like a sinner; but here, in the lee of the
meeting-house by Anxiety Hill, with a winter’s night fallen like a cold
cloud from perdition, conscience was risen again to prod him.

An obligin’ man, Jim Turley: but still a religious man—knowing his
master.

“I got qualms,” said he.

“Stummick?” Brown demanded, in alarm.

“This here thing,” Jim Turley protested, “isn’t a religious thing to
do.”

“Maybe not,” replied “By-an’-by” Brown, doggedly; “but I promised the
maid a father by Satu’day night, an’ I got t’ have un.”

“’Twould ease my mind a lot,” Jim Turley pleaded, “t’ ask the parson.
Come, now!”

“By-an’-by,” said “By-an’-by” Brown.

“No,” Jim Turley insisted; “now.”

The parson laughed; then laughed again, with his head thrown back and
his mouth fallen open very wide. Presently, though, he turned grave, and
eyed “By-an’-by” Brown in a questioning, anxious way, as though seeking
to discover in how far the big man’s happiness might be chanced:
whereupon he laughed once more, quite reassured. He was a pompous bit of
a parson, this, used to commanding the conduct of Blunder Cove; to
controlling its affairs; to shaping the destinies of its folk with a
free, bold hand: being in this both wise and most generously concerned,
so that the folk profited more than they knew. And now, with “By-an’-by”
Brown and the maid on his hands, to say nothing of poor Jim Turley, he
did not hesitate; there was nothing for it, thinks he, but to get
“By-an’-by” Brown out of the mess, whatever came of it, and to arrange a
future from which all by-an’-bying must be eliminated. A new start,
thinks he; and the by-an’-by habit would work no further injury. So he
sat “By-an’-by” Brown and Jim Turley by the kitchen stove, without a
word of explanation, and, still condescending no hint of his purpose,
but bidding them both sit tight to their chairs, went out upon his
business, which, as may easily be surmised, was with the maid.

“Bein’ a religious man,” said Jim Turley, solemnly, “he’ll mend it.”

When the parson came back there was nothing within her comprehension,
which was quite sufficient to her need. “By-an’-by” Brown was sent home,
with a kindly God-bless-ye! and an injunction of the most severe
description to have done with by-an’-bying. He stumbled into his own
kitchen in a shamefaced way, prepared, like a mischievous lad, to be
scolded until his big ears burned and his scalp tingled; and he was a
long, long time about hanging up his cap and coat and taking off his
shoes, never once glancing toward the maid, who sat silent beyond the
kitchen stove. And then, when by no further subterfuge could he prolong
his immunity, he turned boldly in her direction, patiently and humbly to
accept the inevitable correction, a promise to do better already
fashioned upon his tongue. And there she sat, beyond the glowing stove,
grinning in a way to show her white little teeth. Tears? Maybe: but only
traces—where-left, indeed, for the maid to learn, or, at least, by her
eyes shone all the brighter. And “By-an’-by” Brown, reproaching himself
bitterly, sat down, with never a word, and began to trace strange
pictures on the floor with the big toe of his gray-socked foot, while
the kettle and the clock and the fire sang the old chorus of comfort and
cheer.

The big man’s big toe got all at once furiously interested in its
artistic occupation.

“Ah-ha!” says “By-an’-by’s” baby, “_I_ found you out!”

“Uh-huh!” she repeated, threateningly, “I found _you_ out.”

“Did ye?” “By-an’-by” softly asked.

The maid came on tiptoe from behind the stove, and made an arrangement
of “By-an’-by” Brown’s long legs convenient for straddling; and having
then settled herself on his knees, she tipped up his face and fetched
her own so close that he could not dodge her eyes, but must look in,
whatever came of it; and then—to the reviving delight of “By-an’-by”
Brown—she tapped his nose with a long little forefinger, emphasizing
every word with a stouter tap, saying:

“Yes—I—did!”

“Uh-huh!” he chuckled.

“An’,” said she, “I don’t _want_ no father.”

“Ye don’t?” he cried, incredulous.

“Because,” she declared, “I’m ’lowin’ t’ take care o’ _you_—an’ _marry_
you.”

“Ye is?” he gasped.

“Ye bet ye, b’y,” said “By-an’-by’s” baby—“by-an’-by!”

Then they hugged each other hard.



VIII—THEY WHO LOSE AT LOVE


And old Khalil Khayyat, simulating courage, went out, that the
reconciliation of Yusef Khouri with the amazing marriage might surely be
accomplished. And returning in dread and bewildered haste, he came again
to the pastry-shop of Nageeb Fiani, where young Salim Awad, the light of
his eyes, still lay limp over the round table in the little back room,
grieving that Haleema, Khouri’s daughter, of the tresses of night, the
star-eyed, his well-beloved, had of a sudden wed Jimmie Brady, the jolly
truckman. The smoke hung dead and foul in the room; the coffee was
turned cold in the cups, stagnant and greasy; the coal on the narghile
was grown gray as death: the magic of great despair had in a twinkling
worked the change of cheer to age and shabbiness and frigid gloom. But
the laughter and soft voices in the outer room were all unchanged, still
light, lifted indifferently above the rattle of dice and the aimless
strumming of a canoun; and beyond was the familiar evening hum and
clatter of New York’s Washington Street, children’s cries and the patter
of feet, drifting in at the open door; and from far off, as before, came
the low, receding roar of the Elevated train rounding the curve to South
Ferry.

Khayyat smiled in compassion: being old, used to the healing of years,
he smiled; and he laid a timid hand on the head of young Salim Awad.

“Salim, poet, the child of a poet,” he whispered, “grieve no more!”

“My heart is a gray coal, O Khalil!” sighed Salim Awad, who had lost at
love. “For a moment it glowed in the breath of love. It is turned cold
and gray; it lies forsaken in a vast night.”

“For a moment,” mused Khalil Khayyat, sighing, but yet smiling, “it
glowed in the breath of love. Ah, Salim,” said he, “there is yet the
memory of that ecstasy!”

“My heart is a brown leaf: it flutters down the wind of despair; it is
caught in the tempest of great woe.”

“It has known the sunlight and the tender breeze.”

Salim looked up; his face was wet and white; his black hair, fallen in
disarray over his forehead, was damp with the sweat of grief; his eyes,
soulful, glowing in deep shadows, he turned to some place high and
distant. “My heart,” he cried, passionately, clasping his hands, “is a
thing that for a moment lived, but is forever dead! It is in a grave of
night and heaviness, O Khalil, my friend!”

“It is like a seed sown,” said Khalil Khayyat.

“To fail of harvest!”

“Nay; to bloom in compassionate deeds. The flower of sorrow is the joy
of the world. In the broken heart is the hope of the hopeless; in the
agony of poets is their sure help. Hear me, O Salim Awad!” the old man
continued, rising, lifting his lean brown hand, his voice clear,
vibrant, possessing the quality of prophecy. “The broken heart is a seed
sown by the hand of the Beneficent and Wise. Into the soil of life He
casts it that there may be a garden in the world. With a free, glad hand
He sows, that the perfume and color of high compassion may glorify the
harvest of ambitious strife; and progress is the fruit of strife and
love the flower of compassion. Yea, O Salim, poet, the child of a poet,
taught of a poet, which am I, the broken heart is a seed sown gladly, to
flower in this beauty. Blessed,” Khalil Khayyat concluded, smiling, “oh,
blessed be the Breaker of Hearts!”

“Blessed,” asked Salim Awad, wondering, “be the Breaker of Hearts?”

“Yea, O Salim,” answered Khalil Khayyat, speaking out of age and ancient
pain; “even blessed be the Breaker of Hearts!”

Salim Awad turned again to the place that was high and distant—beyond
the gaudy, dirty ceiling of the little back room—where, it may be, the
form of Haleema, the star-eyed, of the slender, yielding shape of the
tamarisk, floated in a radiant cloud, compassionate and glorious.

“What is my love?” he whispered. “Is it a consuming fire? Nay,” he
answered, his voice rising, warm, tremulous; “rather is it a little
blaze, kindled brightly in the night, that it may comfort my beloved.
What is my love, O Haleema, daughter of Khouri, the star-eyed? Is it an
arrow, shot from my bow, that it may tear the heart of my beloved? Nay;
rather is it a shield against the arrows of sorrow—my shield, the
strength of my right arm: a refuge from the cruel shafts of life. What
are my arms? Are they bars of iron to imprison my beloved? Nay,” cried
Salim Awad, striking his breast; “they are but a resting-place. A
resting-place,” he repeated, throwing wide his arms, “to which she will
not come! Oh, Haleema!” he moaned, flinging himself upon the little
round table, “Haleema! Jewel of all riches! Star of the night! Flower of
the world! Haleema ... Haleema....”

“Poet!” Khalil Khayyat gasped, clutching the little round table, his
eyes flashing. “The child of a poet, taught of a poet, which am I!”

They were singing in the street—a riot of Irish lads, tenement-born;
tramping noisily past the door of Nageeb Fiani’s pastry-shop to Battery
Park. And Khalil Khayyat sat musing deeply, his ears closed to the alien
song, while distance mellowed the voices, changed them to a vagrant
harmony, made them one with the mutter of Washington Street; for there
had come to him a great thought—a vision, high, glowing, such as only
poets may know—concerning love and the infinite pain; and he sought to
fashion the thought: which must be done with tender care in the classic
language, lest it suffer in beauty or effect being uttered in haste or
in the common speech of the people. Thus he sat: low in his chair, his
head hanging loose, his eyes jumping, his brown, wrinkled face fearfully
working, until every hair of his unshaven beard stood restlessly on end.
And Salim Awad, looking up, perceived these throes: and thereby knew
that some prophetic word was immediately to be spoken.

“They who lose at love,” Khayyat muttered, “must.... They who lose at
love....”

“Khalil!”

The Language Beautiful was for once perverse. The words would not come
to Khalil Khayyat. He gasped, tapped the table with impatient
fingers—and bent again to the task.

“They who lose at love....”

“Khalil!” Salim Awad’s voice was plaintive. “What must they do, O
Khalil,” he implored, “who lose at love? Tell me, Khalil! _What must
they do?_”

“They who lose at love.... They who lose at love must.... They who lose
at love must ... seek....”

“Speak, O Khalil, concerning those wretched ones! And they must seek?”

Khayyat laughed softly. He sat back in the chair—proudly squared his
shoulders. “And now I know!” he cried, in triumph. He cleared his
throat. “They who lose at love,” he declaimed, “must seek....” He paused
abruptly. There had been a warning in the young lover’s eyes: after all,
in exceptional cases, poetry might not wisely be practised.

“Come, Khalil!” Salim Awad purred. “They who lose at love? What is left
for them to do?”

“Nay,” answered Khalil Khayyat, looking away, much embarrassed, “I will
not tell you.”

Salim caught the old man’s wrist. “What is the quest?” he cried,
hoarsely, bending close.

“I may not tell.”

Salim’s fingers tightened; his teeth came together with a snap; his face
flushed—a quick flood of red, hot blood.

“What is the quest?” he demanded.

“I dare not tell.”

“The quest?”

“I _will_ not tell!”

Nor would Khalil Khayyat tell Salim Awad what must be sought by such as
lose at love; but he called to Nageeb Fiani, the greatest player in all
the world, to bring the violin, that Salim might hear the music of love
and be comforted. And in the little back room of the pastry-shop near
the Battery, while the trucks rattled over the cobblestones and the
songs of the Irish troubled the soft spring night, Nageeb Fiani played
the Song of Love to Lali, which the blind prince had made, long, long
ago, before he died of love; and in the sigh and wail and passionate
complaint of that dead woe the despair of Salim Awad found voice and
spent itself; and he looked up, and gazing deep into the dull old eyes
of Khalil Khayyat, new light in his own, he smiled.

“Yet, O Khalil,” he whispered, “will I go upon that quest!”

                   *       *       *       *       *

Now, Salim Awad went north to the bitter coasts—to the shore of rock and
gray sea—there to carry a pack from harbor to harbor of a barren land,
ever seeking in trade to ease the sorrows of love. Neither sea nor
land—neither naked headland nor the unfeeling white expanse—neither
sunlit wind nor the sleety gale in the night—helped him to
forgetfulness. But, as all the miserable know, the love of children is a
vast delight: and the children of that place are blue-eyed and hungry;
and it is permitted the stranger to love them.... On he went, from
Lobster Tickle to Snook’s Arm, from Dead Man’s Cove to Righteous Harbor,
trading laces and trinkets for salt fish; and on he went, sanguine,
light of heart, blindly seeking that which the losers at love must seek;
for Khalil Khayyat had told him that the mysterious Thing was to be
found in that place.

                   *       *       *       *       *

With a jolly wind abeam—a snoring breeze from the southwest—the tight
little _Bully Boy_, fore-and-after, thirty tons, Skipper Josiah Top, was
footing it through the moonlight from Tutt’s Tickle to the Labrador:
bound down north for the first fishing of that year. She was tearing
through the sea—eagerly nosing the slow, black waves; and they heartily
slapped her bows, broke, ran hissing down the rail, lay boiling in the
broad, white wake, stretching far into the luminous mist astern. Salim
Awad, the peddler, picked up at Bread-and-Water Harbor, leaned upon the
rail—staring into the mist: wherein, for him, were melancholy visions of
the star-eyed maid of Washington Street.... At midnight the wind veered
to the east—a swift, ominous change—and rose to the pitch of half a
gale, blowing cold and capriciously. It brought fog from the distant
open; the night turned clammy and thick; the _Bully Boy_ found herself
in a mess of dirty weather. Near dawn, being then close inshore, off the
Seven Dogs, which growled to leeward, she ran into the ice—the first of
the spring floes: a field of pans, slowly drifting up the land. And when
the air was gray she struck on the Devil’s Finger, ripped her keel out,
and filled like a sieve; and she sank in sixty seconds, as men say—every
strand and splinter of her.

But first she spilled her crew upon the ice.

                   *       *       *       *       *

The men had leaped to port and starboard, fore and aft, in unthinking
terror, each desperately concerned with his own life; they were now
distributed upon the four pans which had been within leaping distance
when the _Bully Boy_ settled: white rafts, floating on a black,
slow-heaving sea; lying in a circle of murky fog; creeping shoreward
with the wind. If the wind held—and it was a true, freshening wind,—they
would be blown upon the coast rocks, within a measurable time, and might
walk ashore; if it veered, the ice would drift to sea, where,
ultimately, in the uttermost agony of cold and hunger, every man would
yield his life. The plight was manifest, familiar to them, every one;
but they were wise in weather lore: they had faith in the consistency of
the wind that blew; and, in the reaction from bestial terror, they
bandied primitive jokes from pan to pan—save the skipper, who had lost
all that he had, and was helplessly downcast: caring not a whit whether
he lived or died; for he had loved his schooner, the work of his hands,
his heart’s child, better than his life.

It chanced that Salim Awad, who loved the star-eyed daughter of Khouri,
and in this land sought to ease the sorrow of his passion—it chanced
that this Salim was alone with Tommy Hand, the cook’s young son—a tender
lad, now upon his first voyage to the Labrador. And the boy began to
whimper.

“Dad,” he called to his father, disconsolate, “I wisht—I wisht—I was
along o’ you—on _your_ pan.”

The cook came to the edge of the ice. “Does you, lad?” he asked, softly.
“Does you wisht you was along o’ me, Tommy? Ah, but,” he said,
scratching his beard, bewildered, “you isn’t.”

The space of black water between was short, but infinitely capacious; it
was sullen and cold—intent upon its own wretchedness: indifferent to the
human pain on either side. The child stared at the water, nostrils
lifting, hands clinched, body quivering: thus as if at bay in the
presence of an implacable terror. He turned to the open sea, vast, gray,
heartless: a bitter waste—might and immensity appalling. Wistfully then
to the land, upon which the scattered pack was advancing, moving in
disorder, gathering as it went: bold, black coast, naked,
uninhabited—but yet sure refuge: being greater than the sea, which it
held confined; solid ground, unmoved by the wind, which it flung
contemptuously to the sky. And from the land to his father’s large, kind
face.

“No, b’y,” the cook repeated, “you isn’t. You sees, Tommy lad,” he
added, brightening, as with a new idea, “you _isn’t_ along o’ me.”

Tommy rubbed his eyes, which were now wet. “I wisht,” he sobbed, his
under lip writhing, “I _was_—along o’ you!”

“I isn’t able t’ swim t’ you, Tommy,” said the cook; “an’, ah, Tommy!”
he went on, reproachfully, wagging his head, “you isn’t able t’ swim t’
me. I tol’ you, Tommy—when I went down the Labrador las’ year—I _tol’_
you t’ l’arn t’ swim. I tol’ you, Tommy—don’t you mind the time?—when
you was goin’ over the side o’ th’ ol’ _Gabriel’s Trumpet_, an’ I had my
head out o’ the galley, an’ ’twas a fair wind from the sou’east, an’
they was weighin’ anchor up for’ard—don’t you mind the day, lad?—I tol’
you, Tommy, you _must_ l’arn t’ swim afore another season. Now, see
what’s come t’ you!” still reproachfully, but with deepening tenderness.
“An’ all along o’ not mindin’ your dad! ‘Now,’ says you, ‘I wisht I’d
been a good lad an’ minded my dad.’ Ah, Tommy—shame! I’m thinkin’ you’ll
mind your dad after this.”

Tommy began to bawl.

“Never you care, Tommy,” said the cook. “The wind’s blowin’ we ashore.
You an’ me’ll be saved.”

“I wants t’ be along o’ you!” the boy sobbed.

“Ah, Tommy! _You_ isn’t alone. You got the Jew.”

“But I wants _you_!”

“You’ll take care o’ Tommy, won’t you, Joe?”

Salim Awad smiled. He softly patted Tommy Hand’s broad young shoulder.
“I weel have,” said he, slowly, desperately struggling with the
language, “look out for heem. I am not can,” he added, with a little
laugh, “do ver’ well.”

“Oh,” said the cook, patronizingly, “you’re able for it, Joe.”

“I am can try eet,” Salim answered, courteously bowing, much delighted.
“Much ’bliged.”

Meantime Tommy had, of quick impulse, stripped off his jacket and boots.
He made a ball of the jacket and tossed it to his father.

“What you about, Tommy?” the cook demanded. “Is you goin’ t’ swim?”

Tommy answered with the boots; whereupon he ran up and down the edge of
the pan, and, at last, slipped like a reluctant dog into the water,
where he made a frothy, ineffectual commotion; after which he sank. When
he came to the surface Salim Awad hauled him inboard.

“You isn’t goin’ t’ try again, is you, Tommy?” the cook asked.

“No, sir.”

Salim Awad began to breathe again; his eyes, too, returned to their
normal size, their usual place.

“No,” the cook observed. “’Tis wise not to. You isn’t able for it, lad.
Now, you sees what comes o’ not mindin’ your dad.”

The jacket and boots were tossed back. Tommy resumed the jacket.

“Tommy,” said the cook, severely, “isn’t you got no more sense ’n that?”

“Please, sir,” Tommy whispered, “I forgot.”

“Oh, _did_ you! _Did_ you forget? I’m thinkin’, Tommy, I hasn’t been
bringin’ of you up very well.”

Tommy stripped himself to his rosy skin. He wrung the water out of his
soggy garments and with difficulty got into them again.

“You better be jumpin’ about a bit by times,” the cook advised, “or
you’ll be cotchin’ cold. An’ your mamma wouldn’t like _that_,” he
concluded, “if she ever come t’ hear on it.”

“Ay, sir; please, sir,” said the boy.

They waited in dull patience for the wind to blow the floe against the
coast.

                   *       *       *       *       *

It began to snow—a thick fall, by-and-by: the flakes fine and dry as
dust. A woolly curtain shut coast and far-off sea from view. The wind,
rising still, was charged with stinging frost. It veered; but it blew
sufficiently true to the favorable direction: the ice still made
ponderously for the shore, reeling in the swell.... The great pan
bearing Salim Awad and Tommy Hand lagged; it was soon left behind: to
leeward the figures of the skipper, the cook, the first hand, and the
crew turned to shadows—dissolved in the cloud of snow. The cook’s young
son and the love-lorn peddler from Washington Street alone peopled a
world of ice and water, all black and white: heaving, confined. They
huddled, cowering from the wind, waiting—helpless, patient: themselves
detached from the world of ice and water, which clamored round about,
unrecognized. The spirit of each returned: the one to the Cedars of
Lebanon, the other to Lobster Cove; and in each place there was a
mother. In plights like this the hearts of men and children turn to
distant mothers; for in all the world there is no rest serene—no rest
remembered—like the first rest the spirits of men know.

                   *       *       *       *       *

When dusk began to dye the circumambient cloud, the pan of ice was close
inshore; the shape of the cliffs—a looming shadow—was vague in the snow
beyond. There was no longer any roar of surf; the first of the floe, now
against the coast, had smothered the breakers. A voice, coming faintly
into the wind, apprised Tommy Hand that his father was ashore.... But
the pan still moved sluggishly.

Tommy Hand shivered.

“Ah, Tom-ee!” Salim Awad said, anxiously. “Run! Jump! You weel have—what
say?—cotch seek. Ay—cotch thee seek. Eh? R-r-run, Tom-ee!”

“Ay, ay,” Tommy Hand answered. “I’ll be jumpin’ about a bit, I’m
thinkin’, t’ keep warm—as me father bid me do.”

“Queek!” cried Salim, laughing.

“Ay,” Tommy muttered; “as me father bid me do.”

“Jump, Tom-ee!” Salim clapped his hands. “Hi, hi! Dance, Tom-ee!”

In the beginning Tommy was deliberate and ponderous; but as his limbs
were suppled—and when his blood ran warm again—the dance quickened; for
Salim Awad slapped strangely inspiring encouragement, and with droning
“la, la!” and sharp “hi, hi!” excited the boy to mad leaps—and madder
still. “La, la!” and “Hi, hi!” There was a mystery in it. Tommy leaped
high and fast. “La, la!” and “Hi, hi!” In response to the strange
Eastern song the fisherboy’s grotesque dance went on.... Came then the
appalling catastrophe: the pan of rotten, brittle salt-water ice cracked
under the lad; and it fell in two parts, which, in the heave of the sea,
at once drifted wide of each other. The one part was heavy, commodious;
the other a mere unstable fragment of what the whole had been: and it
was upon the fragment that Salim Awad and Tommy Hand were left.
Instinctively they sprawled on the ice, which was now
overweighted—unbalanced. Their faces were close; and as they lay
rigid—while the ice wavered and the water covered it—they looked into
each other’s eyes.... There was, not room for both.

“Tom-ee,” Salim Awad gasped; his breath indrawn, quivering, “I
am—mus’—go!”

The boy stretched out his hand—an instinctive movement, the impulse of a
brave and generous heart—to stop the sacrifice.

“Hush!” Salim Awad whispered, hurriedly, lifting a finger to command
peace. “I am—for one queek time—have theenk. Hush, Tom-ee!”

Tommy Hand was silent.

                   *       *       *       *       *

And Salim Awad heard again the clatter and evening mutter of Washington
Street, children’s cries and the patter of feet, drifting in from the
soft spring night—heard again the rattle of dice in the outer room, and
the aimless strumming of the canoun—heard again the voice of Khalil
Khayyat, lifted concerning such as lose at love. And Salim Awad, staring
into a place that was high and distant, beyond the gaudy, dirty ceiling
of the little back room of Nageeb Fiani’s pastry-shop near the Battery,
saw again the form of Haleema, Khouri’s star-eyed daughter, floating in
a cloud, compassionate and glorious. “‘The sun as it sets,’” he thought,
in the high words of Antar, spoken of Abla, his beloved, the daughter of
Malik, when his heart was sore, “‘turns toward her and says, “Darkness
obscures the land, do thou arise in my absence.” The brilliant moon
calls out to her: “Come forth, for thy face is like me, when I am in all
my glory.” The tamarisk-trees complain of her in the morn and in the
eve, and say: “Away, thou waning beauty, thou form of the laurel!” She
turns away abashed, and throws aside her veil, and the roses are
scattered from her soft, fresh cheeks. Graceful is every limb; slender
her waist; love-beaming are her glances; waving is her form. The lustre
of day sparkles from her forehead, and by the dark shades of her curling
ringlets night itself is driven away!’”.... They who lose at love? Upon
what quest must the wretched ones go? And Khalil Khayyat had said that
the Thing was to be found in this place.... Salim Awad’s lips trembled:
because of the loneliness of this death—and because of the desert,
gloomy and infinite, lying beyond.

“Tom-ee,” Salim Awad repeated, smiling now, “I am—mus’—go. Goo’-bye,
Tom-ee!”

“No, no!”

In this hoarse, gasping protest Salim Awad perceived rare sweetness. He
smiled again—delight, approval. “Ver’ much ’bliged,” he said, politely.
Then he rolled off into the water....

One night in winter the wind, driving up from the Battery, whipped a
gray, soggy snow past the door of Nageeb Fiani’s pastry-shop in
Washington Street. The shop was a cosey shelter from the weather; and in
the outer room, now crowded with early idlers, they were preaching
revolution and the shedding of blood—boastful voices, raised to the
falsetto of shallow passion. Khalil Khayyat, knowing well that the
throne of Abdul-Hamid would not tremble to the talk of Washington
Street, sat unheeding in the little back room; and the coal on the
narghile was glowing red, and the coffee was steaming on the round
table, and a cloud of fragrant smoke was in the air. In the big, black
book, lying open before the poet, were to be found, as always, the
thoughts of Abo Elola Elmoarri.

Tanous, the newsboy—the son of Yusef, the father of Samara, by many
called Abosamara—threw _Kawkab Elhorriah_ on the cook’s counter.

“News of death!” cried he, as he hurried importantly on. “_Kawkab_! News
of death!”

The words caught the ear of Khalil Khayyat. “News of death?” mused he.
“It is a massacre in Armenia.” He turned again, with a hopeless sigh, to
the big, black book.

“News of death!” cried Nageeb Fiani, in the outer room. “What is this?”

The death of Salim Awad: being communicated, as the editor made known,
by one who knew, and had so informed an important person at St. John’s,
who had despatched the news south from that far place to Washington
Street.... And when Nageeb Fiani had learned the manner of the death of
Salim Awad, he made haste to Khalil Khayyat, holding _Kawkab Elhorriah_
open in his, hand.

“There is news of death, O Khalil!” said he.

“Ah,” Khayyat answered, with his long finger marking the place in the
big, black book, “there has been a massacre in Armenia. God will yet
punish the murderer.”

“No, Khalil.”

Khayyat looked up in alarm. “The Turks have not shed blood in Beirut?”

“No, Khalil.”

“Not so? Ah, then the mother of Shishim has been cast into prison
because of the sedition uttered by her son in this place; and she has
there died.”

“No, Khalil.”

“Nageeb,” Khayyat demanded, quietly, “of whom is this sad news spoken?”

“The news is from the north.”

Khayyat closed the book. He sipped his coffee, touched the coal on the
narghile and puffed it to a glow, contemplated the gaudy wall-paper,
watched a spider pursue a patient course toward the ceiling; at last
opened the big, black book, and began to turn the leaves with aimless,
nervous fingers. Nageeb stood waiting for the poet to speak; and in the
doorway, beyond, the people from the outer room had gathered, waiting
also for words to fall from the lips of this man; for the moment was
great, and the poet was great.

“Salim Awad,” Khayyat muttered, “is dead.”

“Salim is dead. He died that a little one might live.”

“That a little one might live?”

“Even so, Khalil—that a child might have life.”

Khayyat smiled. “The quest is ended,” he said. “It is well that Salim is
dead.”

It is well? The people marvelled that Khalil Khayyat should have spoken
these cruel words. It is well? And Khalil Khayyat had said so?

“That Salim should die in the cold water?” Nageeb Fiani protested.

“That Salim should die—the death that he did. It is well.”

The word was soon to be spoken; out of the mind and heart of Khalil
Khayyat, the poet, great wisdom would appear. There was a crowding at
the door: the people pressed closer that no shade of meaning might be
lost; the dark faces turned yet more eager; the silence deepened, until
the muffled rattle of trucks, lumbering through the snowy night, and the
roar of the Elevated train were plain to be heard. What would the poet
say? What word of eternal truth would he speak?

“It is well?” Nageeb Fiani whispered.

“It is well.”

The time was not yet come. The people still crowded, still
shuffled—still breathed. The poet waited, having the patience of poets.

“Tell us, O Khalil!” Nageeb Fiani implored.

“They who lose at love,” said Khalil Khayyat, fingering the leaves of
the big, black book, “must patiently seek some high death.”

Then the people knew, beyond peradventure, that Khalil Khayyat was
indeed a great poet.



IX—THE REVOLUTION AT SATAN’S TRAP


Jehoshaphat Rudd of Satan’s Trap was shy—able-bodied, to be sure, if a
gigantic frame means anything, and mature, if a family of nine is
competent evidence, but still as shy as a child. Moreover, he had the
sad habit of anxiety: whence tense eyelids, an absent, poignant gaze, a
perpetual pucker between the brows. His face was brown and big, framed
in tawny, soft hair and beard, and spread with a delicate web of
wrinkles, spun by the weather—a round countenance, simple, kindly,
apathetic. The wind had inflamed the whites of his eyes and turned the
rims blood red; but the wells in the midst were deep and clear and cool.
Reserve, courageous and methodical diligence at the fishing, a quick,
tremulous concern upon salutation—by these signs the folk of his harbor
had long ago been persuaded that he was a fool; and a fool he was,
according to the convention of the Newfoundland outports: a shy, dull
fellow, whose interests were confined to his punt, his gear, the grounds
off the Tombstone, and the bellies of his young ones. He had no part
with the disputatious of Satan’s Trap: no voice, for example, in the
rancorous discussions of the purposes and ways of the Lord God Almighty,
believing the purposes to be wise and kind, and the ways the Lord’s own
business. He was shy, anxious, and preoccupied; wherefore he was called
a fool, and made no answer: for doubtless he _was_ a fool. And what did
it matter? He would fare neither better nor worse.

Nor would Jehoshaphat wag a tongue with the public-spirited men of
Satan’s Trap: the times and the customs had no interest, no
significance, for him; he was troubled with his own concerns. Old John
Wull, the trader, with whom (and no other) the folk might barter their
fish, personified all the abuses, as a matter of course. But—

“I ’low I’m too busy t’ think,” Jehoshaphat would reply, uneasily. “I’m
too busy. I—I—why, I got t’ tend my _fish!_”

This was the quality of his folly.

                   *       *       *       *       *

It chanced one summer dawn, however, when the sky was flushed with
tender light, and the shadows were trooping westward, and the sea was
placid, that the punts of Timothy Yule and Jehoshaphat Rudd went side by
side to the Tombstone grounds. It was dim and very still upon the water,
and solemn, too, in that indifferent vastness between the gloom and the
rosy, swelling light. Satan’s Trap lay behind in the shelter and shadow
of great hills laid waste—a lean, impoverished, listless home of men.

“You dunderhead!” Timothy Yule assured Jehoshaphat. “He’ve been robbin’
you.”

“Maybe,” said Jehoshaphat, listlessly. “I been givin’ the back kitchen a
coat o’ lime, an’ I isn’t had no time t’ give t’ thinkin’.”

“An’ he’ve been robbin’ this harbor for forty year.”

“Dear man!” Jehoshaphat exclaimed, in dull surprise. “Have he told you
that?”

“Told me!” cried Timothy. “No,” he added, with bitter restraint; “he’ve
not.”

Jehoshaphat was puzzled. “Then,” said he, “how come you t’ know?”

“Why, they _says_ so.”

Jehoshaphat’s reply was gently spoken, a compassionate rebuke. “An I was
you, Timothy,” said he, “I wouldn’t be harsh in judgment. ’Tisn’t quite
Christian.”

“My God!” ejaculated the disgusted Timothy.

After that they pulled in silence for a time. Jehoshaphat’s face was
averted, and Timothy was aware of having, in a moment of impatience, not
only committed a strategic indiscretion, but of having betrayed his
innermost habit of profanity. The light grew and widened and yellowed;
the cottages of Satan’s Trap took definite outline, the hills their
ancient form, the sea its familiar aspect. Sea and sky and distant rock
were wide awake and companionably smiling. The earth was blue and green
and yellow, a glittering place.

“Look you! Jehoshaphat,” Timothy demanded; “is you in debt?”

“I is.”

“An’ is you ever been out o’ debt?”

“I isn’t.”

“How come you t’ know?”

“Why,” Jehoshaphat explained, “Mister Wull _told_ me so. An’ whatever,”
he qualified, “father was in debt when he died, an’ Mister Wull told me
I ought t’ pay. Father was _my_ father,” Jehoshaphat argued, “an’ I
’lowed I _would_ pay. For,” he concluded, “’twas right.”

“Is he ever give you an account?”

“Well, no—no, he haven’t. But it wouldn’t do no good, for I’ve no
learnin’, an’ can’t read.”

“No,” Timothy burst out, “an’ he isn’t give nobody no accounts.”

“Well,” Jehoshaphat apologized, “he’ve a good deal on his mind, lookin’
out for the wants of us folk. He’ve a _wonderful_ lot o’ brain labor.
He’ve all them letters t’ write t’ St. John’s, an’ he’ve got a power of
’rithmetic t’ do, an’ he’ve got the writin’ in them big books t’ trouble
un, an’—”

Timothy sneered.

“Ah, well,” sighed Jehoshaphat, “an I was you, Timothy, I wouldn’t be
harsh in judgment.”

Timothy laughed uproariously.

“Not harsh,” Jehoshaphat repeated, quietly—“not in judgment.”

“Damn un!” Timothy cursed between his teeth. “The greedy squid, the
devil-fish’s spawn, with his garden an’ his sheep an’ his cow! _You_ got
a cow, Jehoshaphat? _You_ got turnips an’ carrots? _You_ got ol’ Bill
Lutt t’ gather soil, an’ plant, an’ dig, an’ weed, while you smokes
plug-cut in the sunshine? Where’s _your_ garden, Jehoshaphat? Where’s
_your_ onions? The green lumpfish! An’ where do he get his onions, an’
where do he get his soup, an’ where do he get his cheese an’ raisins?
’Tis out o’ you an’ me an’ all the other poor folk o’ Satan’s Trap. ’Tis
from the fish, an’ _he_ never cast a line. ’Tis from the fish that we
takes from the grounds while he squats like a lobster in the red house
an’ in the shop. An’ he gives less for the fish ’n he gets, an’ he gets
more for the goods an’ grub ’n he gives. The thief, the robber, the
whale’s pup! Is you able, Jehoshaphat, t’ have the doctor from Sniffle’s
Arm for _your_ woman! Is _you_ able t’ feed _your_ kids with cow’s milk
an’ baby-food?”

Jehoshaphat mildly protested that he had not known the necessity.

“An’ what,” Timothy proceeded, “is you ever got from the grounds but
rheumatiz an’ salt-water sores?”

“I got enough t’ eat,” said Jehoshaphat.

Timothy was scornful.

“Well,” Jehoshaphat argued, in defence of himself, “the world have been
goin’ for’ard a wonderful long time at Satan’s Trap, an’ nobody else
haven’t got no more’n just enough.”

“Enough!” Timothy fumed. “’Tis kind o’ the Satan’s Trap trader t’ give
you that! _I’ll_ tell un,” he exploded; “I’ll give un a piece o’ my mind
afore I dies.”

“Don’t!” Jehoshaphat pleaded.

Timothy snorted his indignation.

“I wouldn’t be rash,” said Jehoshaphat. “Maybe,” he warned, “he’d not
take your fish no more. An’ maybe he’d close the shop an’ go away.”

“Jus’ you wait,” said Timothy.

“Don’t you do it, lad!” Jehoshaphat begged. “’Twould make such a
wonderful fuss in the world!”

“An’ would you think o’ that?”

“I isn’t got _time_ t’ think,” Jehoshaphat complained. “I’m busy. I ’low
I got my fish t’ cotch an’ cure. I isn’t got time. I—I—I’m too busy.”

They were on the grounds. The day had broken, a blue, serene day,
knowing no disquietude. They cast their grapnels overside, and they
fished until the shadows had fled around the world and were hurrying out
of the east. And they reeled their lines, and stowed the fish, and
patiently pulled toward the harbor tickler, talking not at all of the
Satan’s Trap trader, but only of certain agreeable expectations which
the young Timothy had been informed he might entertain with reasonable
certainty.

“I ’low,” said Jehoshaphat, when they were within the harbor, “I
understand. I got the hang of it,” he repeated, with a little smile,
“now.”

“Of what?” Timothy wondered.

“Well,” Jehoshaphat explained, “’tis your first.”

This was a sufficient explanation of Timothy’s discontent. Jehoshaphat
remembered that he, too, had been troubled, fifteen years ago, when the
first of the nine had brought the future to his attention. He was more
at ease when this enlightenment came.

                   *       *       *       *       *

Old John Wull was a gray, lean little widower, with a bald head, bowed
legs, a wide, straight, thin-lipped mouth, and shaven, ashy cheeks. His
eyes were young enough, blue and strong and quick, often peering
masterfully through the bushy brows, which he could let drop like a
curtain. In contrast with the rugged hills and illimitable sea and stout
men of Satan’s Trap, his body was withered and contemptibly diminutive.
His premises occupied a point of shore within the harbor—a wharf, a
storehouse, a shop, a red dwelling, broad drying-flakes, and a group of
out-buildings, all of which were self-sufficient and proud, and looked
askance at the cottages that lined the harbor shore and strayed upon the
hills beyond.

It was his business to supply the needs of the folk in exchange for the
fish they took from the sea—the barest need, the whole of the catch.
Upon this he insisted, because he conscientiously believed, in his own
way, that upon the fruits of toil commercial enterprise should feed to
satiety, and cast the peelings and cores into the back yard for the folk
to nose like swine.

Thus he was accustomed to allow the fifty illiterate, credulous families
of Satan’s Trap sufficient to keep them warm and to quiet their
stomachs, but no more; for, he complained: “Isn’t they got enough on
their backs?” and, “Isn’t they got enough t’ eat?” and, “Lord!” said he,
“they’ll be wantin’ figs an’ joolry next.”

There were times when he trembled for the fortune he had gathered in
this way—in years when there were no fish, and he must feed the men and
women and human litters of the Trap for nothing at all, through which he
was courageous, if niggardly. When the folk complained against him, he
wondered, with a righteous wag of the head, what would become of them if
he should vanish with his property and leave them to fend for
themselves. Sometimes he reminded them of this possibility; and then
they got afraid, and thought of their young ones, and begged him to
forget their complaint. His only disquietude was the fear of hell:
whereby he was led to pay the wage of a succession of parsons, if they
preached comforting doctrine and blue-pencilled the needle’s eye from
the Testament; but not otherwise. By some wayward, compelling sense of
moral obligation, he paid the school-teacher, invariably, generously, so
that the little folk of Satan’s Trap might learn to read and write in
the winter months. ’Rithmetic he condemned, but tolerated, as being some
part of that unholy, imperative thing called l’arnin’; but he had no
feeling against readin’ and writin’.

There was no other trader within thirty miles.

“They’ll trade with me,” John Wull would say to himself, and be
comforted, “or they’ll starve.”

It was literally true.

                   *       *       *       *       *

In that winter certain gigantic forces, with which old John Wull had
nothing whatever to do, were inscrutably passionate. They went their
way, in some vast, appalling quarrel, indifferent to the consequences.
John Wull’s soul, money, philosophy, the hopes of Satan’s Trap, the
various agonies of the young, were insignificant. Currents and winds and
frost had no knowledge of them. It was a late season: the days were gray
and bitter, the air was frosty, the snow lay crisp and deep in the
valleys, the harbor water was frozen. Long after the time for blue winds
and yellow hills the world was still sullen and white. Easterly gales,
blowing long and strong, swept the far outer sea of drift-ice—drove it
in upon the land, pans and bergs, and heaped it against the cliffs.
There was no safe exit from Satan’s Trap. The folk were shut in by ice
and an impassable wilderness. This was not by the power or contriving of
John Wull: the old man had nothing to do with it; but he compelled the
season, impiously, it may be, into conspiracy with him. By-and-by, in
the cottages, the store of food, which had seemed sufficient when the
first snow flew, was exhausted. The flour-barrels of Satan’s Trap were
empty. Full barrels were in the storehouse of John Wull, but in no other
place. So it chanced that one day, in a swirling fall of snow,
Jehoshaphat Rudd came across the harbor with a dog and a sled.

John Wull, from the little office at the back of the shop, where it was
warm and still, watched the fisherman breast the white wind.

“Mister Wull,” said Jehoshaphat, when he stood in the office, “I ’low
I’ll be havin’ another barrel o’ flour.”

Wull frowned.

“Ay,” Jehoshaphat repeated, perplexed; “another barrel.”

Wull pursed his lips.

“O’ flour,” said Jehoshaphat, staring.

The trader drummed on the desk and gazed out of the window. He seemed to
forget that Jehoshaphat Rudd stood waiting. Jehoshaphat felt awkward and
out of place; he smoothed his tawny beard, cracked his fingers,
scratched his head, shifted from one foot to the other. Some wonder
troubled him, then some strange alarm. He had never before realized that
the lives of his young were in the keeping of this man.

“Flour,” he ventured, weakly—“one barrel.”

Wull turned. “It’s gone up,” said he.

“Have it, now!” Jehoshaphat exclaimed. “I ’lowed last fall, when I paid
eight,” he proceeded, “that she’d clumb as high as she could get ’ithout
fallin’. But she’ve gone up, says you? Dear man!”

“Sky high,” said the trader.

“Dear man!”

The stove was serene and of good conscience. It labored joyously in
response to the clean-souled wind. For a moment, while the trader
watched the snow through his bushy brows and Jehoshaphat Rudd hopelessly
scratched his head, its hearty, honest roar was the only voice lifted in
the little office at the back of John Wull’s shop.

“An’ why?” Jehoshaphat timidly asked.

“Scarcity.”

“Oh,” said Jehoshaphat, as though he understood. He paused. “Isn’t you
got as much as you _had?_” he inquired.

The trader nodded.

“Isn’t you got enough in the storehouse t’ last till the mail-boat
runs?”

“Plenty, thank God!”

“Scarcity,” Jehoshaphat mused. “Mm-m-m! Oh, I _sees_,” he added,
vacantly. “Well, Mister Wull,” he sighed, “I ’low I’ll take one of Early
Rose an’ pay the rise.”

Wull whistled absently.

“Early Rose,” Jehoshaphat repeated, with a quick, keen glance of alarm.

The trader frowned.

“Rose,” Jehoshaphat muttered. He licked his lips. “Of Early,” he
reiterated, in a gasp, “Rose.”

“All right, Jehoshaphat.”

Down came the big key from the nail. Jehoshaphat’s round face beamed.
The trader slapped his ledger shut, moved toward the door, but stopped
dead, and gazed out of the window, while his brows fell over his eyes,
and he fingered the big key.

“Gone up t’ eighteen,” said he, without turning.

Jehoshaphat stared aghast.

“Wonderful high for flour,” the trader continued, in apologetic
explanation; “but flour’s wonderful scarce.”

“Tisn’t _right!_” Jehoshaphat declared. “Eighteen dollars a barrel for
Early Rose? ’Tisn’t right!”

The key was restored to the nail.

“I can’t pay it, Mister Wull. No, no, man, I can’t do it. Eighteen!
Mercy o’ God! ’Tisn’t right! ’Tis too _much_ for Early Rose.”

The trader wheeled.

“An’ I _won’t_ pay it,” said Jehoshaphat.

“You don’t have to,” was the placid reply.

Jehoshaphat started. Alarm—a sudden vision of his children—quieted his
indignation. “But, Mister Wull, sir,” he pleaded, “I got t’ have it.
I—why—I just _got_ t’ have it!”

The trader was unmoved.

“Eighteen!” cried Jehoshaphat, flushing. “Mercy o’ God! I says ’tisn’t
right.”

“Tis the price.”

“’Tisn’t right!”

Wull’s eyes were how flashing. His lips were drawn thin over his teeth.
His brows had fallen again. From the ambush they made he glared at
Jehoshaphat.

“I say,” said he, in a passionless voice, “that the price o’ flour at
Satan’s Trap is this day eighteen.”

Jehoshaphat was in woful perplexity.

“Eighteen,” snapped Wull. “Hear me?”

They looked into each other’s eyes. Outside the storm raged, a clean,
frank passion; for nature is a fair and honest foe. In the little office
at the back of John Wull’s shop the withered body of the trader shook
with vicious anger. Jehoshaphat’s round, brown, simple face was
gloriously flushed; his head was thrown back, his shoulders were
squared, his eyes were sure and fearless.

“’Tis robbery!” he burst out.

Wull’s wrath exploded. “You bay-noddy!” he began; “you pig of a
punt-fisherman; you penniless, ragged fool; you man without a copper;
you sore-handed idiot! What you whinin’ about? What right _you_ got t’
yelp in my office?”

Of habit Jehoshaphat quailed.

“If you don’t want my flour,” roared Wull, fetching the counter a thwack
with his white fist, “leave it be! ’Tis mine, isn’t it? I _paid_ for it.
I _got_ it. There’s a law in this land, you pauper, that _says_ so.
There’s a law. Hear me? There’s a law, Mine, mine!” he cried, in a
frenzy, lifting his lean arms. “What I got is mine. I’ll eat it,” he
fumed, “or I’ll feed my pigs with it, or I’ll spill it for the fishes.
They isn’t no law t’ make me sell t’ _you_. An’ you’ll pay what I’m
askin’, or you’ll starve.”

“You wouldn’t do that, sir,” Jehoshaphat gently protested. “Oh no—_no_!
Ah, now, you wouldn’t do that. You wouldn’t throw it t’ the fishes,
would you? Not flour! ’Twould be a sinful waste.”

“Tis my right.”

“Ay,’ Mister Wull,” Jehoshaphat argued, with a little smile, “’tis
yours, I’ll admit; but we been sort o’ dependin’ on you t’ lay in enough
t’ get us through the winter.”

WUll’s response was instant and angry. “Get you out o’ my shop,” said
he, “an’ come back with a civil tongue!”

“I’ll go, Mister Wull,” said Jehoshaphat, quietly, picking at a thread
in his faded cap. “I’ll go. Ay, I’ll go. But—I got t’ have the flour.
I—I—just _got_ to. But I won’t pay,” he concluded, “no eighteen dollars
a barrel.”

The trader laughed.

“For,” said Jehoshaphat, “’tisn’t right.”

Jehoshaphat went home without the flour, complaining of the injustice.

                   *       *       *       *       *

Jehoshaphat Rudd would have no laughter in the house, no weeping, no
questions, no noise of play. For two days he sat brooding by the kitchen
fire. His past of toil and unfailing recompense, the tranquil routine of
life, was strangely like a dream, far off, half forgot. As a reality it
had vanished. Hitherto there had been no future; there was now no past,
no ground for expectation. He must, at least, take time to think, have
courage to judge, the will to retaliate. It was more important, more
needful, to sit in thought, with idle hands, than to mend the rent in
his herring seine. He was mystified and deeply troubled.

Sometimes by day Jehoshaphat strode to the window and looked out over
the harbor ice to the point of shore where stood the storehouse and shop
and red dwelling of old John Wull. By night he drew close to the fire,
and there sat with his face in his hands; nor would he go to bed, nor
would he speak, nor would he move.

In the night of the third day the children awoke and cried for food.
Jehoshaphat rose from his chair, and stood shaking, with breath
suspended, hands clinched, eyes wide. He heard their mother rise and go
crooning from cot to cot. Presently the noise was hushed: sobs turned to
whimpers, and whimpers to plaintive whispers, and these complaints to
silence. The house was still; but Jehoshaphat seemed all the while to
hear the children crying in the little rooms above, He began to pace the
floor, back and forth, back and forth, now slow, now in a fury, now with
listless tread. And because his children had cried for food in the night
the heart of Jehoshaphat Rudd was changed. From the passion of those
hours, at dawn, he emerged serene, and went to bed.

                   *       *       *       *       *

At noon of that day Jehoshaphat Rudd was in the little office at the
back of the shop. John Wull was alone, perched on a high stool at the
desk, a pen in hand, a huge book open before him.

“I’m come, sir,” said Jehoshaphat, “for the barrel o’ flour.”

The trader gave him no attention.

“I’m come, sir,” Jehoshaphat repeated, his voice rising a little, “for
the flour.”

The trader dipped his pen in ink.

“I says, sir,” said Jehoshaphat, laying a hand with some passion upon
the counter, “that I’m come for that there barrel o’ flour.”

“An’ I s’pose,” the trader softly inquired, eying the page of his ledger
more closely, “that you thinks you’ll get it, eh?”

“Ay, sir.”

Wull dipped his pen and scratched away.

“Mister Wull!”

The trader turned a leaf.

“Mister Wull,” Jehoshaphat cried, angrily, “I wants flour. Is you gone
deaf overnight?”

Impertinent question and tone of voice made old John Wull wheel on the
stool. In the forty years he had traded at Satan’s Trap he had never
before met with impertinence that was not timidly offered. He bent a
scowling face upon Jehoshaphat. “An’ you thinks,” said he, “that you’ll
get it?”

“I does.”

“Oh, you does, does you?”

Jehoshaphat nodded.

“It all depends,” said Wull. “You’re wonderful deep in debt,
Jehoshaphat.” The trader had now command of himself. “I been lookin’ up
your account,” he went on, softly. “You’re so wonderful far behind,
Jehoshaphat, on account o’ high livin’ an’ Christmas presents, that I
been thinkin’ I might do the business a injury by givin’ you more
credit. I can’t think o’ _myself_, Jehoshaphat, in this matter. ’Tis a
_business_ matter; an’ I got t’ think o’ the business. You sees,
Jehoshaphat, eighteen dollars more credit—”

“Eight,” Jehoshaphat corrected.

“Eighteen,” the trader insisted.

Jehoshaphat said nothing, nor did his face express feeling. He was
looking stolidly at the big key of the storehouse.

“The flour depends,” Wull proceeded, after a thoughtful pause, through
which he had regarded the gigantic Jehoshaphat with startled curiosity,
“on what I thinks the business will stand in the way o’ givin’ more
credit t’ you.”

“No, sir,” said Jehoshaphat.

Wull put down his pen, slipped from the high stool, and came close to
Jehoshaphat. He was mechanical and slow in these movements, as though
all at once perplexed, given some new view, which disclosed many and
strange possibilities. For a moment he leaned against the counter, legs
crossed, staring at the floor, with his long, scrawny right hand
smoothing his cheek and chin. It was quiet in the office, and warm, and
well-disposed, and sunlight came in at the window.

Soon the trader stirred, as though awakening. “You was sayin’ eight,
wasn’t you?” he asked, without looking up.

“Eight, sir.”

The trader pondered this. “An’ how,” he inquired, at last, “was you
makin’ that out?”

“Tis a fair price.”

Wull smoothed his cheek and chin. “Ah!” he murmured. He mused, staring
at the floor, his restless fingers beating a tattoo on his teeth. He had
turned woebegone and very pale. “Jehoshaphat,” he asked, turning upon
the man, “would you mind tellin’ me just how you’re ’lowin’ t’ get my
flour against my will?”

Jehoshaphat looked away.

“I’d like t’ know,” said Wull, “if you wouldn’t mind tellin’ me.”

“No,” Jehoshaphat answered. “No, Mister Wull—I wouldn’t mind tellin’.”

“Then,” Wull demanded, “how?”

“Mister Wull,” Jehoshaphat explained, “I’m a bigger man than you.”

It was very quiet in the office. The wind had gone down in the night,
the wood in the stove was burned to glowing coals. It was very, very
still in old John Wull’s office at the back of the shop, and old John
Wull turned away, and went absently to the desk, where he fingered the
leaves of his ledger, and dipped his pen in ink, but did not write.
There was a broad window over the desk, looking out upon the harbor;
through this, blankly, he watched the children at play on the ice, but
did not see them. By-and-by, when he had closed the book and put the
desk in order, he came back to the counter, leaned against it, crossed
his legs, began to smooth his chin, while he mused, staring at the
square of sunlight on the floor. Jehoshaphat could not look at him. The
old man’s face was so gray and drawn, so empty of pride and power, his
hand so thin and unsteady, his eyes so dull, so deep in troubled
shadows, that Jehoshaphat’s heart ached. He wished that the world had
gone on in peace, that the evil practices of the great were still hid
from his knowledge, that there had been no vision, no call to
revolution; he rebelled against the obligation upon him, though it had
come to him as a thing that was holy. He regretted his power, had shame,
indeed, because of the ease with which the mighty could be put down. He
felt that he must be generous, tender, that he must not misuse his
strength.

The patch of yellow light had perceptibly moved before the trader spoke.
“Jehoshaphat,” he asked, “you know much about law?”

“Well, no, Mister Wull,” Jehoshaphat answered, with simple candor; “not
_too_ much.”

“The law will put you in jail for this.”

Constables and jails were like superstitious terrors to Jehoshaphat. He
had never set eyes on the brass buttons and stone walls of the law.

“Oh no—_no_!” he protested. “He wouldn’t! Not in _jail_!”

“The law,” Wull warned, with grim delight, “will put you in jail.”

“He _couldn’t_!” Jehoshaphat complained. “As I takes it, the law sees
fair play atween men. That’s what he was _made_ for. I ’low he ought t’
put you in jail for raisin’ the price o’ flour t’ eighteen; but not
me—not for what I’m bound t’ do, Mister Wull, law or no law, as God
lives! ’Twouldn’t be right, sir, if he put me in jail for that.”

“The law will.”

“But,” Jehoshaphat still persisted, doggedly, “’twouldn’t be _right_!’

The trader fell into a muse.

“I’m come,” Jehoshaphat reminded him, “for the flour.”

“You can’t have it.”

“Oh, dear!” Jehoshaphat sighed. “My, my! Pshaw! I ’low, then, us’ll just
have t’ _take_ it.”

Jehoshaphat went to the door of the shop. It was cold and gloomy in the
shop. He opened the door. The public of Satan’s Trap, in the persons of
ten men of the place, fathers of families (with the exception of Timothy
Yule, who had qualified upon his expectations), trooped over the greasy
floor, their breath cloudy in the frosty air, and crowded into the
little office, in the wake of Jehoshaphat Rudd. They had the gravity of
mien, the set faces, the compassionate eyes, the merciless purpose, of a
jury. The shuffling subsided. It was once more quiet in the little
office. Timothy Yule’s hatred got the better of his sense of propriety:
he laughed, but the laugh expired suddenly, for Jehoshaphat Rudd’s hand
fell with unmistakable meaning upon his shoulder.

John Wull faced them.

“I ’low, Mister Wull,” said Jehoshaphat, diffidently, “that we wants the
storehouse key.”

The trader put the key in his pocket.

“The key,” Jehoshaphat objected; “we wants that there key.”

“By the Almighty!” old John Wull snarled, “you’ll all go t’ jail for
this, if they’s a law in Newfoundland.”

The threat was ignored.

“Don’t hurt un, lads,” Jehoshaphat cautioned; “for he’s so wonderful
tender. He’ve not been bred the way _we_ was. He’s wonderful old an’
lean an’ brittle,” he added, gently; “so I ’low we’d best be careful.”

John Wull’s resistance was merely technical.

“Now, Mister Wull,” said Jehoshaphat, when the big key was in his hand
and the body of the trader had been tenderly deposited in his chair by
the stove, “don’t you go an’ fret. We isn’t the thieves that break in
an’ steal nor the moths that go an’ corrupt. We isn’t robbers, an’ we
isn’t mean men. We’re the public,” he explained, impressively, “o’
Satan’s Trap. We got together, Mister Wull,” he continued, feeling some
delight in the oratory which had been thrust upon him, “an’ we ’lowed
that flour was worth about eight; but we’ll pay nine, for we got
thinkin’ that if flour goes up an’ down, accordin’ t’ the will o’ God,
it ought t’ go up now, if ever, the will o’ God bein’ a mystery, anyhow.
We don’t want you t’ close up the shop an’ go away, after this, Mister
Wull; for we got t’ have you, or some one like you, t’ do what you been
doin’, so as we can have minds free o’ care for the fishin’. If they was
anybody at Satan’s Trap that could read an’ write like you, an’ knowed
about money an’ prices—if they was anybody like that at Satan’s Trap,
willin’ t’ do woman’s work, which I doubts, we wouldn’t care whether you
went or stayed; but they isn’t, an’ we can’t do ’ithout you. So don’t
you fret,” Jehoshaphat concluded. “You set right there by the fire in
this little office o’ yours. Tom Lower’ll put more billets on the fire
for you, an’ you’ll be wonderful comfortable till we gets through. I’ll
see that account is kep’ by Tim Yule of all we takes. You can put it on
the books just when you likes. No hurry, Mister Wull—no hurry. The
prices will be them that held in the fall o’ the year, ’cept flour,
which is gone up t’ nine by the barrel. An’, ah, now, Mister Wull,”
Jehoshaphat pleaded, “don’t you have no hard feelin’. ’Twouldn’t be
right; We’re the public; so _please_ don’t you go an’ have no hard
feelin’.”

The trader would say nothing.

“Now, lads,” said Jehoshaphat, “us’ll go.” In the storehouse there were
two interruptions to the transaction of business in an orderly fashion.
Tom Lower, who was a lazy fellow and wasteful, as Jehoshaphat knew,
demanded thirty pounds of pork, and Jehoshaphat knocked him down.
Timothy Yule, the anarchist, proposed to sack the place, and him
Jehoshaphat knocked down twice. There was no further difficulty.

“Now, Mister Wull,” said Jehoshaphat, as he laid the key and the account
on the trader’s desk, “the public o’ Satan’s Trap is wonderful sorry;
but the thing had t’ be done.”

The trader would not look up.

“It makes such a wonderful fuss in the world,” Jehoshaphat complained,
“that the crew hadn’t no love for the job. But it—it—it jus’ had t’ be
done.”

Old John Wull scowled.

                   *       *       *       *       *

For a long time, if days may be long, Jehoshaphat Rudd lived in the fear
of constables and jails, which were the law, to be commanded by the
wealth of old John Wull; and for the self-same period—the days being
longer because of the impatience of hate—old John Wull lived in
expectation of his revenge. Jehoshaphat Rudd lowed he’d stand by,
anyhow, an’ _go_ t’ jail, if ’twas needful t’ maintain the rights o’
man. Ay, _he’d_ go t’ jail, an’ be whipped an’ starved, as the
imagination promised, but he’d be jiggered if he’d “_’pologize_.” Old
John Wull kept grim watch upon the winds; for upon the way the wind blew
depended the movement of the ice, and the clearing of the sea, and the
first voyage of the mail-boat. He was glad that he had been robbed; so
glad that he rubbed his lean, transparent hands until the flush of life
appeared to surprise him; so glad that he chuckled until his housekeeper
feared his false teeth would by some dreadful mischance vanish within
him. Jail? ay, he’d put Jehoshaphat Rudd in jail; but he would forgive
the others, that they might continue to fish and to consume food. In
jail, ecod! t’ be fed on bread an’ water, t’ be locked up, t’ wear
stripes, t’ make brooms, t’ lie there so long that the last little Rudd
would find its own father a stranger when ’twas all over with. ’Twould
be fair warning t’ the malcontent o’ the folk; they would bide quiet
hereafter. All the people would toil and trade; they would complain no
more. John Wull was glad that the imprudence of Jehoshaphat Rudd had
provided him with power to restore the ancient peace to Satan’s Trap.

                   *       *       *       *       *

One day in the spring, when the bergs and great floes of the open had
been blown to sea, and the snow was gone from the slopes of the hills,
and the sun was out, and the earth was warm and yellow and merrily
dripping, old John Wull attempted a passage of the harbor by the ice,
which there had lingered, confined. It was only to cross the narrows
from Haul-Away Head to Daddy Tool’s Point, no more than a stone’s throw
for a stout lad. The ice had been broken into pans by a stiff breeze
from the west, and was then moving with the wind, close-packed, bound
out to sea, there to be dispersed and dissolved. It ran sluggishly
through the narrows, scraping the rocks of the head and of the point;
the heave of the sea slipped underneath and billowed the way, and the
outermost pans of ice broke from the press and went off with the waves.
But the feet of old John Wull were practised; he essayed the crossing
without concern—indeed, with an absent mind. Presently he stopped to
rest; and he stared out to sea, musing; and when again he looked about,
the sea had softly torn the pan from the pack.

Old John Wull was adrift, and bound out.

“Ahoy, you, Jehoshaphat!” he shouted. “Jehoshaphat! Oh, Jehoshaphat!”

Jehoshaphat came to the door of his cottage on Daddy Tool’s Point.

“Launch that rodney,”[1] Wull directed, “an’ put me on shore. An’
lively, man,” he complained. “I’ll be cotchin’ cold out here.”

With the help of Timothy Yule, who chanced to be gossiping in the
kitchen, Jehoshaphat Rudd got the rodney in the open water by the
stage-head. What with paddling and much hearty hauling and pushing, they
had the little craft across the barrier of ice in the narrows before the
wind had blown old John Wull a generous rod out to sea.

“Timothy, lad,” Jehoshaphat whispered, “I ’low you better stay here.”

Timothy kept to the ice.

“You been wonderful slow,” growled Wull. “Come ’round t’ the lee side,
you dunderhead! Think I wants t’ get my feet wet?”

“No, sir,” Jehoshaphat protested. “Oh no; I wouldn’t have you do that an
I could _help_ it.”

The harbor folk were congregating on Haul-Away Head and Daddy Tool’s
Point. ’Twas an agreeable excitement to see John Wull in a mess—in a
ludicrous predicament, which made him helpless before their eyes. They
whispered, they smiled behind their hands, they chuckled inwardly.

Jehoshaphat pulled to the lee side of the pan.

“Come ’longside,” said Wull.

Jehoshaphat dawdled.

“Come ’longside, you fool!” Wull roared. “Think I can leap three
fathom?”

“No, sir; oh no; no, indeed.”

“Then come ’longside.”

Jehoshaphat sighed.

“Come in here, you crazy pauper!” Wull screamed, stamping his rage.
“Come in here an’ put me ashore!”

“Mister Wull!”

Wull eyed the man in amazement.

“Labor,” said Jehoshaphat, gently, “is gone up.”

Timothy Yule laughed, but on Haul-Away Head and Daddy Tool’s Point the
folk kept silent; nor did old John Wull, on the departing pan, utter a
sound.

“Sky high,” Jehoshaphat concluded.

The sun was broadly, warmly shining, the sky was blue; but the wind was
rising smartly, and far off over the hills of Satan’s Trap, beyond the
wilderness that was known, it was turning gray and tumultuous. Old John
Wull scowled, wheeled, and looked away to sea; he did not see the
ominous color and writhing in the west.

“We don’t want no law, Mister Wull,” Jehoshaphat continued, “at Satan’s
Trap.”

Wull would not attend.

“Not law,” Jehoshaphat repeated; “for we knows well enough at Satan’s
Trap,” said he, “what’s fair as atween men. You jus’ leave the law stay
t’ St. John’s, sir, where he’s t’ home. He isn’t fair, by no means; an’
we don’t want un here t’ make trouble.”

The trader’s back was still turned.

“An’, Mister Wull,” Jehoshaphat entreated, his face falling like a
child’s, “don’t you have no hard feelin’ over this. Ah, now, _don’t_!”
he pleaded. “You won’t, will you? For we isn’t got no hate for you,
Mister Wull, an’ we isn’t got no greed for ourselves. We just wants
what’s fair—just what’s fair.” He added: “Just on’y that. We likes t’
see you have your milk an’ butter an’ fresh beef an’ nuts an’ whiskey.
_We_ don’t want them things, for they isn’t ours by rights. All we wants
is just on’y fair play. We don’t want no law, sir: for, ecod!”
Jehoshaphat declared, scratching his head in bewilderment, “the law
looks after them that _has_, so far as I _knows_, sir, an’ don’t know
nothin’ about them that _hasn’t_. An’ we don’t want un here at Satan’s
Trap. We won’t _have_ un! We—we—why, ecod! we—we can’t _’low_ it! We’d
be ashamed of ourselves an we ’lowed you t’ fetch the law t’ Satan’s
Trap t’ wrong us. We’re free men, isn’t we?” he demanded, indignantly.
“Isn’t we? Ecod! I ’low we _is_! You think, John Wull,” he continued, in
wrath, “that _you_ can do what you like with _we_ just because you an’
the likes o’ you is gone an’ got a law? You can’t! You can’t! An’ you
can’t, just because we won’t _’low_ it.”

It was an incendiary speech.

“No, you can’t!” Timothy Yule screamed from the ice, “you robber, you
thief, you whale’s pup! _I’ll_ tell you what I thinks o’ you. You can’t
scare _me_. I wants that meadow you stole from my father. I wants that
meadow—”

“Timothy,” Jehoshaphat interrupted, quietly, “you’re a fool. Shut your
mouth!”

Tom Lower, the lazy, wasteful Tom Lower, ran down to the shore of
Haul-Away Head, and stamped his feet, and shook his fist. “I wants your
cow an’ your raisins an’ your candy! We got you down, you robber! An’
I’ll _have_ your red house; I’ll have your wool blankets; I’ll have
your—”

“Tom Lower,” Jehoshaphat roared, rising in wrath, “I’ll floor you for
that! That I will—next time I cotch you out.”

John Wull turned half-way around and grinned.

“Mister Wull,” Jehoshaphat asked, propitiatingly, “won’t you be put
ashore?”

“Not at the price.”

“I ’low, then, sir,” said Jehoshaphat, in some impatience, “that you
might as well be comfortable while you makes up your mind. Here!” He
cast a square of tarpaulin on the ice, and chancing to discover Timothy
Yule’s jacket, he added that. “There!” he grunted, with satisfaction;
“you’ll be sittin’ soft an’ dry while you does your thinkin’. Don’t be
long, sir—not overlong. _Please_ don’t, sir,” he begged; “for it looks
t’ me—it looks wonderful t’ me—like a spurt o’ weather.”

John Wull spread the tarpaulin.

“An’ when you gets through considerin’ of the question,” said
Jehoshaphat, suggestively, “an’ is come t’ my way o’ thinkin’, why all
you got t’ do is lift your little finger, an’ I’ll put you ashore”—a
gust of wind whipped past—“if I’m able,” Jehoshaphat added.

Pan and boat drifted out from the coast, a slow course, which in an hour
had reduced the harbor folk to black pygmies on the low rocks to
windward. Jehoshaphat paddled patiently in the wake of the ice. Often he
raised his head, in apprehension, to read the signs in the west; and he
sighed a deal, and sometimes muttered to himself. Old John Wull was
squatted on the tarpaulin, with Timothy Yule’s jacket for a cushion, his
great-coat wrapped close about him, his cap pulled over his ears, his
arms folded. The withered old fellow was as lean and blue and rigid and
staring as a frozen corpse.

The wind had freshened. The look and smell of the world foreboded a
gale. Overhead the sky turned gray. There came a shadow on the sea,
sullen and ominous. Gusts of wind ran offshore and went hissing out to
sea; and they left the waters rippling black and flecked with froth
wherever they touched. In the west the sky, far away, changed from gray
to deepest black and purple; and high up, midway, masses of cloud, with
torn and streaming edges, rose swiftly toward the zenith. It turned
cold. A great flake of snow fell on Jehoshaphat’s cheek, and melted; but
Jehoshaphat was pondering upon justice. He wiped the drop of water away
with the back of his hand, because it tickled him, but gave the sign no
heed.

“I ’low, Mister Wull,” said he, doggedly, “that you better give Timothy
Yule back his father’s meadow. For nobody knows, sir,” he argued, “why
Timothy Yule’s father went an’ signed his name t’ that there writin’
just afore he died. ’Twasn’t right. He didn’t ought t’ sign it. An’ you
got t’ give the meadow back.”

John Wull was unmoved.

“An’, look you! Mister Wull,” Jehoshaphat continued, pulling closer to
the pan, addressing the bowed back of the trader, “you better not press
young Isaac Lower for that cod-trap money. He’ve too much trouble with
that wife o’ his t’ be bothered by debt. Anyhow, you ought t’ give un a
chance. An’, look you! you better let ol’ Misses Jowl have back her
garden t’ Green Cove. The way you got that, Mister Wull, is queer. I
don’t know, but I ’low you better give it back, anyhow. You _got_ to,
Mister Wull; an’, ecod! you got t’ give the ol’ woman a pound o’ cheese
an’ five cents’ worth—no, ten—ten cents’ worth o’ sweets t’ make her
feel good. She _likes_ cheese. She ’lows she never could get _enough_ o’
cheese. She ’lows she _wished_ she could have her fill afore she dies.
An’ you got t’ give her a whole pound for herself.”

They were drifting over the Tombstone grounds.

“Whenever you makes up your mind,” Jehoshaphat suggested, diffidently,
“you lift your little finger—jus’ your little finger.”

There was no response.

“Your little finger,” Jehoshaphat repeated. “Jus’ your little
finger—on’y that.”

Wull faced about. “Jehoshaphat,” said he, with a grin, “you wouldn’t
leave me.”

“Jus’ wouldn’t I!”

“You wouldn’t.”

“You jus’ wait and see.”

“You wouldn’t leave me,” said Wull, “because you couldn’t. I knows you,
Jehoshaphat—I knows you.”

“You better look out.”

“Come, now, Jehoshaphat, is you goin’ t’ leave an old man drift out t’
sea an’ die?”

Jehoshaphat was embarrassed.

“Eh, Jehoshaphat?”

“Well, no,” Jehoshaphat admitted, frankly. “I isn’t; leastways, not
alone.”

“Not alone?” anxiously.

“No; not alone. I’ll go with you, Mister Wull, if you’re lonesome, an’
wants company. You sees, sir, I can’t give in. I jus’ _can’t_! I’m here,
Mister Wull, in this here cranky rodney, beyond the Tombstone grounds,
with a dirty gale from a point or two south o’ west about t’ break,
because I’m the public o’ Satan’s Trap. I can die, sir, t’ save gossip;
but I sim-plee jus’ isn’t able t’ give in. ’Twouldn’t be _right_.”

“Well, _I_ won’t give in.”

“Nor I, sir. So here we is—out here beyond the Tombstone grounds, you on
a pan an’ me in a rodney. An’ the weather isn’t—well—not quite _kind_.”

It was not. The black clouds, torn, streaming, had possessed the sky,
and the night was near come. Haul-Away Head and Daddy Tool’s Point had
melted with the black line of coast. Return—safe passage through the
narrows to the quiet water and warm lights of Satan’s Trap—was almost
beyond the most courageous hope. The wind broke from the shore in
straight lines—a stout, agile wind, loosed for riot upon the sea. The
sea was black, with a wind-lop upon the grave swell—a black-and-white
sea, with spume in the gray air. The west was black, with no hint of
other color—without the pity of purple or red. Roundabout the sea was
breaking, troubled by the wind, indifferent to the white little rodney
and the lives o’ men.

“You better give in,” old John Wull warned.

“No,” Jehoshaphat answered; “no; oh no! I won’t give in. Not _in_.”

A gust turned the black sea white.

“_You_ better give in,” said Jehoshaphat.

John Wull shrugged his shoulders and turned his back.

“Now, Mister Wull,” said Jehoshaphat, firmly, “I ’low I can’t stand this
much longer. I ’low we can’t be fools much longer an’ get back t’
Satan’s Trap. I got a sail, here, Mister Wull; but, ecod! the beat t’
harbor isn’t pleasant t’ _think_ about.”

“You better go home,” sneered old John Wull.

“I ’low I _will_,” Jehoshaphat declared.

Old John Wull came to the windward edge of the ice, and there stood
frowning, with his feet submerged. “What was you sayin’?” he asked.
“That you’d go home?”

Jehoshaphat looked away.

“An’ leave me?” demanded John Wull. “Leave _me? Me?_”

“I got t’ think o’ my kids.”

“An’ you’d leave me t’ _die?_”

“Well,” Jehoshaphat complained, “’tis long past supper-time. You better
give in.”

“I won’t!”

The coast was hard to distinguish from the black sky in the west. It
began to snow. Snow and night, allied, would bring Jehoshaphat Rudd and
old John Wull to cold death.

“Mister Wull,” Jehoshaphat objected, “’tis long past supper-time, an’ I
wants t’ go home.”

“Go—an’ be damned!”

“I’ll count ten,” Jehoshaphat threatened.

“You dassn’t!”

“I don’t know whether I’ll _go_ or not,” said Jehoshaphat. “Maybe not.
Anyhow, I’ll count ten, an’ see what happens. Is you ready?”

Wull sat down on the tarpaulin.

“One,” Jehoshaphat began.

John Wull seemed not to hear.

“Two,” said Jehoshaphat. “Three—four—five—six—seven.”

John Wull did not turn.

“Eight.”

There was no sign of relenting.

“Nine.”

Jehoshaphat paused. “God’s mercy!” he groaned, “don’t you be a fool,
Mister Wull,” he pleaded. “Doesn’t you _know_ what the weather is?”

A wave—the lop raised by the wind—broke over the pan. John Wull stood
up. There came a shower of snow.

“Eh?” Jehoshaphat demanded, in agony.

“I won’t give in,” said old John Wull.

“Then I got t’ say ten. I jus’ _got_ to.”

“I dare you.”

“I will, Mister Wull. Honest, I will! I’ll say ten an you don’t look
out.”

“Why don’t you _do_ it?”

“In a minute, Mister Wull. I’ll say it just so soon as I get up the
sail. I will, Mister Wull, honest t’ God!”

The coast had vanished.

“Look,” cried Jehoshaphat, “we’re doomed men!”

The squall, then first observed, sent the sea curling over the ice.
Jehoshaphat’s rodney shipped the water it raised. Snow came in a
blinding cloud.

“Say ten, you fool!” screamed old John Wull.

“Ten!”

John Wull came to the edge of the pan. ’Twas hard for the old man to
breast the gust. He put his hands to his mouth that he might be heard in
the wind.

“I give in!” he shouted.

Jehoshaphat managed to save the lives of both.

                   *       *       *       *       *

Old John Wull, with his lean feet in a tub of hot water, with a gray
blanket over his shoulders, with a fire sputtering in the stove, with
his housekeeper hovering near—old John Wull chuckled. The room was warm
and his stomach was full, and the wind, blowing horribly in the night,
could work him no harm. There he sat, sipping herb tea to please his
housekeeper, drinking whiskey to please himself. He had no chill, no
fever, no pain; perceived no warning of illness. So he chuckled away. It
was all for the best. There would now surely be peace at Satan’s Trap.
Had he not yielded? What more could they ask? They would be content with
this victory. For a long, long time they would not complain. He had
yielded; very well: Timothy Yule should have his father’s meadow, Dame
Jowl her garden and sweets and cheese, the young Lower be left in
possession of the cod-trap, and there would be no law. Very well; the
folk would neither pry nor complain for a long, long time: that was
triumph enough for John Wull. So he chuckled away, with his feet in hot
water, and a gray blanket about him, bald and withered and ghastly, but
still feeling the comfort of fire and hot water and whiskey, the pride
of power.

And within three years John Wull possessed again all that he had
yielded, and the world of Satan’s Trap wagged on as in the days before
the revolution.

-----
[1] A rodney is a small, light boat, used for getting about among the
ice packs, chiefly in seal-hunting.



X—THE SURPLUS


To the east was the illimitable ocean, laid thick with moonlight and
luminous mist; to the west, beyond a stretch of black, slow heaving
water, was the low line of Newfoundland, an illusion of kindliness, the
malignant character of its jagged rock and barren interior transformed
by the gentle magic of the night. Tumm, the clerk, had the wheel of the
schooner, and had been staring in a rapture at the stars.

“Jus’ readin’, sir,” he explained.

I wondered what he read.

“Oh,” he answered, turning again to contemplate the starlit sky, “jus’ a
little psa’m from my Bible.”

I left him to read on, myself engaged with a perusal of the serene and
comforting text-book of philosophy spread overhead. The night was
favorably inclined and radiant: a soft southerly wind blowing without
menace, a sky of infinite depth and tender shadow, the sea asleep under
the moon. With a gentle, aimlessly wandering wind astern—an idle,
dawdling, contemptuous breeze, following the old craft lazily, now and
again whipping her nose under water to remind her of suspended
strength—the trader _Good Samaritan_ ran on, wing and wing, through the
moonlight, bound across from Sinners’ Tickle to Afterward Bight, there
to deal for the first of the catch.

“Them little stars jus’ _will_ wink!” Tumm complained.

I saw them wink in despite.

“Ecod!” Tumm growled.

The amusement of the stars was not by this altered to a more serious
regard: everywhere they winked.

“I’ve seed un peep through a gale o’ wind, a slit in the black sky, a
cruel, cold time,” Tumm continued, a pretence of indignation in his
voice, “when ’twas a mean hard matter t’ keep a schooner afloat in a
dirty sea, with all hands wore out along o’ labor an’ the fear o’ death
an’ hell; an’, ecod! them little cusses was winkin’ still. Eh? What d’ye
make o’ that?—winkin’ still, the heartless little cusses!”

There were other crises, I recalled—knowing little enough of the labor
of the sea—upon which they winked.

“Ay,” Tumm agreed; “they winks when lovers kiss on the roads; an’ they
winks jus’ the same,” he added, softly, “when a heart breaks.”

“They’re humorous little beggars,” I observed.

Tumm laughed. “They been lookin’ at this here damned thing so long,” he
drawled—meaning, no doubt, upon the spectacle of the world—“that no
wonder they winks!”

This prefaced a tale.

                   *       *       *       *       *

“Somehow,” Tumm began, his voice fallen rather despondent, I fancied,
but yet continuing most curiously genial, “it always made me think o’
dust an’ ashes t’ clap eyes on ol’ Bill Hulk o’ Gingerbread Cove. Ay,
b’y; but I could jus’ fair hear the parson singsong that mean truth o’
life: ‘Dust t’ dust; ashes t’ ashes’—an’ make the best of it, ye sinners
an’ young folk! When ol’ Bill hove alongside, poor man! I’d think no
more o’ maids an’ trade, o’ which I’m fair sinful fond, but on’y o’
coffins an’ graves an’ ground. For, look you! the ol’ feller was so
white an’ wheezy—so fishy-eyed an’ crooked an’ shaky along o’ age. ’Tis
a queer thing, sir, but, truth o’ God, so old was Bill Hulk that when
he’d board me I’d remember somehow the warm breast o’ my mother, an’
then think, an’ couldn’t help it, o’ the bosom o’ dust where my head
must lie.”

Tumm paused.

“Seemed t’ me, somehow,” he continued, “when the _Quick as Wink_ was
lyin’ of a Sunday t’ Gingerbread Cove—seemed t’ me somehow, when I’d
hear the church bell ring an’ echo across the water an’ far into the
hills—when I’d cotch sight o’ ol’ Bill Hulk, with his staff an’ braw
black coat, crawlin’ down the hill t’ meetin’—ay, an’ when the sun was
out, warm an’ yellow, an’ the maids an’ lads was flirtin’ over the roads
t’ hear the parson thunder agin their hellish levity—seemed t’ me then,
somehow, that ol’ Bill was all the time jus’ dodgin’ along among open
graves; for, look you! the ol’ feller had such trouble with his legs.
An’ I’d wish by times that he’d stumble an’ fall in, an’ be covered up
in a comfortable an’ decent sort o’ fashion, an’ stowed away for good
an’ all in the bed where he belonged.

“‘Uncle Bill,’ says I, ‘you at it yet?’

“‘Hangin’ on, Tumm,’ says he. ‘I isn’t quite through.’

[Illustration: “OL’ BILL HULK CRAWLIN’ DOWN THE HILL T’ MEETIN’”]

“‘Accordin’ t’ the signs,’ says I, ‘you isn’t got much of a grip left.’

“‘Yes, I is!’ says he. ‘I got all my fishin’ fingers exceptin’ two, an’
I ’low they’ll last me till I’m through.’

“Ecod! sir, but it made me think so mean o’ the world that I ’lowed I’d
look away.

“‘No, Tumm,’ says he, ‘I isn’t _quite_ through.’

“‘Well,’ says I, ‘you must be tired.’

“‘Tired,’ says he. ‘Oh no, b’y! Tired? Not me! I got a little spurt o’
labor t’ do afore _I_ goes.’

“‘An’ what’s that, Uncle Bill?’ says I.

“‘Nothin’ much,’ says he.

“‘But what _is_ it?’

“‘Nothin’ much,’ says he; ‘jus’ a little spurt o’ labor.’

“The ol’ feller lived all alone, under Seven Stars Head, in a bit of a
white house with black trimmin’s, jus’ within the Tickle, where ’twas
nice an’ warm an’ still; an’ he kep’ his house as neat an’ white as a
ol’ maid with a gray tomcat an’ a window-garden o’ geraniums, an’, like
all the ol’ maids, made the best fish on fifty mile o’ coast. ’Twas said
by the ol’ folks o’ Gingerbread Cove that their fathers knowed the time
when Bill Hulk had a partner; but the partner got lost on the Labrador,
an’ then Bill Hulk jus’ held on cotchin’ fish an’ keepin’ house all
alone, till he got the habit an’ couldn’t leave off. Was a time, I’m
told, a time when he had his strength—was a time, I’m told, afore he
wore out—was a time when Bill Hulk had a bit o’ money stowed away in a
bank t’ St. John’s. Always ’lowed, I’m told, that ’twas plenty t’ see un
through when he got past his labor. ‘I got enough put by,’ says he. ‘I
got more’n enough. I’m jus’ fishin’ along,’ says he, ‘t’ give t’ the
poor. Store in your youth,’ says he, ‘an’ you’ll not want in your age.’
But somehow some o’ them St. John’s gentlemen managed t’ discover
expensive ways o’ delightin’ theirselves; an’ what with bank failures
an’ lean seasons an’ lumbago, ol’ Bill was fallen poor when first I
traded Gingerbread Cove. About nine year after that, bein’ then used t’
the trade o’ that shore, I ’lowed that Bill had better knock off an’ lie
in the sun till ’twas time for un t’ go t’ his last berth. ‘’Twon’t be
long,’ thinks I, ’an’ I ’low my owners can stand it. Anyhow,’ thinks I,
‘’tis high time the world done something for Bill.’

“But—

“‘Tumm,’ says he, ‘how many books is kep’ by traders in Newf’un’land?’

“I ’lowed I didn’t know.

“‘Call it a round million,’ says he.

“‘What of it?’ says I.

“‘Nothin’ much,’ says he.

“‘But what of it?’ says I.

“‘Well,’ says he, ‘if you was t’ look them million books over, goin’ as
easy as you please an’ markin’ off every line o’ every page with your
forefinger, what d’ye think would come t’ pass?’

“I ’lowed I couldn’t tell.

“‘Eh?’ says he. ‘Come, now! give a guess.’

“‘I don’t know, Bill,’ says I.

“‘Why, Tumm,’ says he, ‘you wouldn’t find a copper agin the name o’ ol’
Bill Hulk!’

“‘That’s good livin’,’ says I.

“‘Not a copper!’ says he. ‘No, sir; _not if you looked with spectacles_.
An’ so,’ says he, ‘I ’low I’ll jus’ keep on payin’ my passage for the
little time that’s left. If my back on’y holds out,’ says he, ‘I’ll
manage it till I’m through. ’Twon’t be any more than twenty year. Jus’ a
little spurt o’ labor t’ do, Tumm,’ says he, ‘afore I goes.’

“‘More labor, Uncle Bill?’ says I. ‘God’s sake!’

“‘Nothin’ much,’ says he; ‘jus’ a little spurt afore I goes in peace.’

“Ah, well! he’d labored long enough, lived long enough, t’ leave other
hands clean up the litter an’ sweep the room o’ his life. I didn’t know
what that little spurt o’ labor was meant t’ win for his peace o’
mind—didn’t know what he’d left undone—didn’t know what his wish or his
conscience urged un t’ labor for. I jus’ wanted un t’ quit an’ lie down
in the sun. ‘For,’ thinks I, ‘the world looks wonderful greedy an’ harsh
t’ me when I hears ol’ Bill Hulk’s bones rattle over the roads or come
squeakin’ through the Tickle in his punt. ‘Leave un go in peace!’ thinks
I. ‘I isn’t got no love for a world that sends them bones t’ sea in an
easterly wind. Ecod!’ thinks I; ‘but he’ve earned quiet passage by jus’
livin’ t’ that ghastly age—jus’ by hangin’ on off a lee shore in the
mean gales o’ life.’ Seemed t’ me, too, no matter how Bill felt about
it, that he might be obligin’ an’ quit afore he _was_ through. Seemed t’
me he might jus’ stop where he was an’ leave the friends an’ neighbors
finish up. ’Tisn’t fair t’ ask a man t’ have his labor done in a
ship-shape way—t’ be through with the splittin’ an’ all cleaned up—when
the Skipper sings out, ‘Knock off, ye dunderhead!’ Seems t’ me a man
might leave the crew t’ wash the table an’ swab the deck an’ throw the
livers in the cask.

“‘You be obligin’, Bill,’ says I, ‘an’ quit.’

“‘Isn’t able,’ says he, ’till I’m through.’

“So the bones o’ ol’ Bill Hulk rattled an’ squeaked right on till it
made me fair ache when I _thunk_ o’ Gingerbread Cove.

                   *       *       *       *       *

“About four year after that I made the Cove in the spring o’ the year
with supplies. ‘Well,’ thinks I, ‘they won’t be no Bill Hulk this
season. With that pain in his back an’ starboard leg, this winter have
finished he; an’ I’ll lay a deal on that.’ ’Twas afore dawn when we
dropped anchor, an’ a dirty dawn, too, with fog an’ rain, the wind
sharp, an’ the harbor in a tumble for small craft; but the first man
over the side was ol’ Bill Hulk.

“‘It _can’t_ be you, Uncle Bill!’ says I.

“‘Tumm,’ says he, ‘I isn’t quite through—yet.’

“‘You isn’t goin’ at it _this_ season, is you?’

“‘Ay,’ says he; ‘goin’ at it again, Tumm.’

“‘What for?’ says I.

“‘Nothin’ much,’ says he.

“‘But what _for_?’

“‘Well,’ says he, ‘I’m savin’ up.’

“‘Savin’ up?’ says I. ‘Shame _to_ you! What you savin’ up for?’

“‘Oh,’ says he, ‘jus’ savin’ up.’

“‘But what _for_?’ says I. ‘What’s the sense of it?’

“‘Bit o’ prope’ty,’ says he. ‘I’m thinkin’ o’ makin’ a small
investment.’

“‘At your age, Uncle Bill!’ says I. ‘An’ a childless man!’

“‘Jus’ a small piece,’ says he. ‘Nothin’ much, Tumm.’

“‘But it won’t do you no _good_,’ says I.

“‘Well, Tumm,’ says he, ‘I’m sort o’ wantin’ it, an’ I ’low she won’t go
t’ waste. I been fishin’ from Gingerbread Cove for three hundred year,’
says he, ‘an’ when I knocks off I wants t’ have things ship-shape. Isn’t
no comfort, Tumm,’ says he, ‘in knockin’ off no other way.’

“Three hundred year he ’lowed he’d fished from that there harbor, a
hook-an’-line man through it all; an’ as they wasn’t none o’ us abroad
on the coast when he come in, he’d stick to it, spite o’ parsons. They
was a mean little red-headed parson came near churchin’ un for the
whopper; but Bill Hulk wouldn’t repent. ‘You isn’t been here long enough
t’ _know_, parson,’ says he. ‘’Tis goin’ on three hundred year, I tells
you! I’ll haul into my fourth hundred,’ says he, ‘come forty-three year
from Friday fortnight.’ Anyhow, he’d been castin’ lines on the
Gingerbread grounds quite long enough. ’Twas like t’ make a man’s back
ache—t’ make his head spin an’ his stomach shudder—jus’ t’ think o’ the
years o’ labor an’ hardship Bill Hulk had weathered. Seemed t’ me the
very stars must o’ got fair disgusted t’ watch un put out through the
Tickle afore dawn an’ pull in after dark.

“‘Lord!’ says they. ‘If there ain’t Bill Hulk puttin’ out again! Won’t
nothin’ _ever_ happen t’ he?’”

I thought it an unkind imputation.

“Well,” Tumm explained, “the little beggars is used t’ change; an’ I
wouldn’t wonder if they was bored a bit by ol’ Bill Hulk.”

It might have been.

“Four or five year after that,” Tumm proceeded, “the tail of a sou’east
gale slapped me into Gingerbread Cove, an’ I ’lowed t’ hang the ol’ girl
up till the weather turned civil. Thinks I, ‘’Tis wonderful dark an’
wet, but ’tis also wonderful early, an’ I’ll jus’ take a run ashore t’
yarn an’ darn along o’ ol’ Bill Hulk.’ So I put a bottle in my pocket t’
warm the ol’ ghost’s marrow, an’ put out for Seven Stars Head in the
rodney. ’Twas mean pullin’ agin the wind, but I fetched the stage-head
’t last, an’ went crawlin’ up the hill. Thinks I, ‘They’s no sense in
knockin’ in a gale o’ wind like this, for Bill Hulk’s so wonderful hard
o’ hearin’ in a sou’east blow.’

“So I drove on in.

“‘Lord’s sake, Bill!’ says I, ‘what you up to?’

“‘Nothin’ much, Tumm,’ says he.

“‘It don’t look right,’ says I. ‘What _is_ it?’

“‘Nothin’ much,’ says he; ‘jus’ countin’ up my money.’

“’Twas true enough: there he sot—playin’ with his fortune. They was
pounds of it: coppers an’ big round pennies an’ silver an’ one lone gold
piece.

“‘You been gettin’ rich?’ says I.

“‘Tumm,’ says he, ‘you got any clear idea o’ how much hard cash they is
lyin’ right there on that plain deal table in this here very kitchen you
is in?’

“‘I isn’t,’ says I.

“‘Well,’ says he, ‘they’s as much as fourteen dollar! An’ what d’ye
think o’ that?’

“I ’lowed I’d hold my tongue; so I jus’ lifted my eyebrow, an’ then sort
o’ whistled, ‘Whew!’

“‘Fourteen,’ says he, ‘an’ more!’

“‘_Whew!_’ says I.

“‘An’, Tumm,’ says he, ‘I had twenty-four sixty once—about eighteen year
ago.’

“‘You got a heap now,’ says I. ‘Fourteen dollar! Whew!’

“‘No, Tumm!’ cries he, all of a sudden. ‘No, no! I been lyin’ t’ you. I
been lyin’!’ says he. ‘Lyin’!’

“‘I don’t care,’ says I; ‘you go right ahead an’ lie.’

“‘They _isn’t_ fourteen dollar there,’ says he. ‘I jus’ been makin’
_believe_ they was. See that there little pile o’ pennies t’ the
nor’east? I been sittin’ here countin’ in them pennies twice. They isn’t
fourteen dollar,’ says he; ‘they’s on’y thirteen eighty-four! But I
_wisht_ they was fourteen.’

“‘Never you mind,’ says I; ‘you’ll get that bit o’ prope’ty yet.’

“‘I _got_ to,’ says he, ‘afore I goes.’

“‘Where does it lie?’ says I.

“‘Oh, ’tisn’t nothin’ much, Tumm,’ says he.

“‘But what _is_ it?’

“‘Nothin’ much,’ says he; ‘jus’ a small piece.’

“‘Is it meadow?’ says I.

“‘No,’ says he; ‘tisn’t what you might call meadow an’ be right, though
the grass grows there, in spots, knee high.’

“‘Is it a potato-patch?’

“‘No,’ says he; ‘nor yet a patch.’

“‘’Tisn’t a _flower_ garden, is it?’ says I.

“‘N-no,’ says he; ‘you couldn’t rightly say so—though they _grows_
there, in spots, quite free an’ nice.’

“‘Uncle Bill,’ says I, ‘you isn’t never told me nothin’ about that there
bit o’ prope’ty. What’s it held at?’

“‘The prope’ty isn’t much, Tumm,’ says he. ‘Jus’ a small piece.’

“‘But how much _is_ it?’

“‘Tom Neverbudge,’ says he, ‘is holdin’ it at twenty-four dollar; he’ve
come down one in the las’ seven year. But I’m on’y ’lowin’ t’ pay
twenty-one; you sees I’ve come _up_ one in the las’ _four_ year.’

“‘’Twould not be hard t’ split the difference,’ says I.

“‘Ay,’ says he; ‘but they’s a wonderful good reason for not payin’
more’n twenty-one for that there special bit o’ land.’

“‘What’s that?’ says I.

“‘Well,’ says he, ‘’tis second-handed.’

“‘Second-handed!’ says I. ‘That’s queer!’

“‘Been used,’ says he.

“‘Used, Uncle Bill?’

“‘Ay,’ says he; ‘been used—been used, now, for nigh sixty year.’

“‘She’s all wore out?’ says I.

“‘No,’ says he; ‘not wore out.’

“‘_She’d_ grow nothin’?’ says I.

“‘Well,’ says he, ‘nothin’ much is expected, Tumm,’ says he, ‘in that
line.’

“I give a tug at my pocket, an’, ecod! out jumped the bottle o’ Scotch.

“‘Well, well!’ says he. ‘Dear man! But I bet ye,’ says he, ‘that you
isn’t fetched no pain-killer.’

“‘That I is!’ says I.

“‘Then,’ says he, ‘about half an’ half, Tumm, with a dash o’ water;
that’s the way I likes it when I takes it.’

“So we fell to, ol’ Bill Hulk an’ me, on the Scotch an’ the pain-killer.

                   *       *       *       *       *

“Well, now, after that,” Tumm resumed, presently, “I went deep sea for
four year in the South American fish trade; an’ then, my ol’ berth on
the _Quick as Wink_ bein’ free of incumbrance—’twas a saucy young clerk
o’ the name o’ Bullyworth—I ’lowed t’ blow the fever out o’ my system
with the gales o’ this here coast. ‘A whiff or two o’ real wind an’ a
sight o’ Mother Burke,’ thinks I, ‘will fix _me_.’ ’Twas a fine Sunday
mornin’ in June when I fetched Gingerbread Cove in the ol’ craft—warm
an’ blue an’ still an’ sweet t’ smell. ‘They’ll be no Bill Hulk, thank
God!’ thinks I, ‘t’ be crawlin’ up the hill t’ meetin’ _this_ day;
_he’ve_ got through an’ gone t’ his berth for all time. I’d like t’ yarn
with un on this fine civil Sunday,’ thinks I; ‘but I ’low he’s jus’ as
glad as I is that he’ve been stowed away nice an’ comfortable at last.’
But from the deck, ecod! when I looked up from shavin’, an’ Skipper Jim
was washin’ up in the forecastle, I cotched sight o’ ol’ Bill Hulk,
bound up the hill through the sunshine, makin’ tolerable weather of it,
with the wind astern, a staff in his hand, and the braw black coat on
his back.

“‘Skipper Jim,’ sings I, t’ the skipper below, ‘you hear a queer noise?’

“‘No,’ says he.

“‘Nothin’ like a squeak or a rattle?’

“‘No,’ says he. ‘What’s awry?’

“‘Oh, nothin’ says I:’ on’y ol’ Bill Hulk’s on the road.’

“I watched un crawl through the little door on Meetin’-house Hill long
after ol’ Sammy Street had knocked off pullin’ the bell; an’ if I didn’t
hear neither squeak nor rattle as he crep’ along, why, I _felt_ un,
anyhow, which is jus’ as hard to bear. ‘Well,’ thinks I, ‘he’ve kep’
them bones above ground, poor man! but he’s never _at_ it yet. He’ve
knocked off for good,’ thinks I; ‘he’ll stumble t’ meetin’ of a fine
Sunday mornin’, an’ sit in the sun for a spell; an’ then,’ thinks I,
‘they’ll stow un away where he belongs.’ So I went aboard of un that
evenin’ for a last bit of a yarn afore his poor ol’ throat rattled an’
quit.

“‘So,’ says I, ‘you is at it yet?’

“‘Ay, Tumm,’ says he; ‘isn’t quite through—yet. But,’ says he, ‘I’m
’lowin’ t’ _be_.’

“‘Hard at it, Uncle Bill?’ says I.

“‘Well, no, Tumm,’ says he; ‘not hard. Back give warnin’ a couple o’
year ago,’ says he, ‘an’ I been sort o’ easin’ off for fear o’ accident.
I’ve quit the Far Away grounds,’ says he, ‘but I been doin’ very fair on
Widows’ Shoal. They’s on’y one o’ them fishin’ there nowadays, ah’ she
’lowed she didn’t care.’

“‘An’ when,’ says I, ‘is you ’lowin’ t’ knock off?’

“‘Jus’ as soon as I gets through, Tumm,’ says he. ‘I won’t be a minute
longer.’

“Then along come the lean-cheeked, pig-eyed, scrawny-whiskered son of a
squid which owned the bit o’ prope’ty that Bill Hulk had coveted for
thirty year. Man o’ the name o’ Tom Budge; but as he seldom done it,
they called un Neverbudge; an’ Gingerbread Cove is full o’ Never-budges
t’ this day. Bill ’lowed I might as well go along o’ he an’ Tom t’
overhaul the bit o’ land they was tryin’ t’ trade; so out we put on the
inland road—round Burnt Bight, over the crest o’ Knock Hill, an’ along
the alder-fringed path. ’Twas in a green, still, soft-breasted little
valley—a little pool o’ sunshine an’ grass among the hills—with Ragged
Ridge t’ break the winds from the sea, an’ the wooded slope o’ the Hog’s
Back t’ stop the nor’westerly gales. ’Twas a lovely spot, sir, believe
me, an’ a gentle-hearted one, too, lyin’ deep in the warmth an’ glory o’
sunshine, where a man might lay his head on the young grass an’ go t’
sleep, not mindin’ about nothin’ no more. Ol’ Bill Hulk liked it
wonderful well. Wasn’t no square o’ ground on that coast that he’d
rather own, says he, than the little plot in the sou’east corner o’ that
graveyard.

“‘Sight rather have that, Tumm,’ says he, ‘than a half-acre farm.’

“’Twas so soft an’ snug an’ sleepy an’ still in that little graveyard
that I couldn’t blame un for wantin’ t’ stretch out somewheres an’ stay
there forever.

“‘Ay,’ says he, ‘an’ a thirty-foot potato-patch throwed in!’

“‘‘’Tis yours at the price,’ says Tom Neverbudge.

“‘_If_,’ says Bill Hulk, ‘’twasn’t a second-handed plot. See them graves
in the sou’west corner, Tumm?’

“Graves o’ two children, sir: jus’ on’y that—laid side by side, sir,
where the sunlight lingered afore the shadow o’ Hog’s Back fell.

“‘Been there nigh sixty year,’ says Bill. ‘Pity,’ says he; ‘wonderful
pity.’

“‘They won’t do you no harm,’ says Neverbudge.

“‘Ay,’ says Bill; ‘but I’m a bachelor, Tom, used t’ sleepin’ alone,’
says he, ‘an’ I’m ’lowin’ I wouldn’t take so wonderful quick t’ any
other habit. I’m told,’ says he, ‘that sleepin’ along o’ children isn’t
what you might call a easy berth.’

“‘You’d soon get used t’ _that_,’ says Neverbudge. ‘Any family man’ll
tell you so.’

“‘Ay,’ says Bill; ‘but they isn’t kin o’ mine. Why,’ says he, ‘they
isn’t even friends!’

“‘That don’t matter,’ says Neverbudge.

“‘Not matter!’ says he. ‘Can you tell me, Tom Neverbudge, the _names_ o’
them children?’

“‘Not me.’

“‘Nor yet their father’s name?’

“‘No, sir.’

“‘Then,’ says Bill, ‘as a religious man, is you able t’ tell me they was
born in a proper an’ perfeckly religious manner?’

“‘I isn’t,’ says Neverbudge. ‘I guarantees nothin’.’

“‘An’ yet, as a religious man,’ says Bill, ‘you stands there an’ says it
doesn’t matter?’

“‘Anyhow,’ says Neverbudge, ‘it doesn’t matter _much_’

“‘Not much!’ cries Bill. ‘An’ you a religious man! Not much t’ lie for
good an’ all,’ says he, ‘in the company o’ the damned?’

“With that Tom Neverbudge put off in a rage.

“‘Uncle Billy,’ says I, ‘what you wantin’ that plot for, anyhow? ’Tis so
damp ’tis fair swampy.’

“‘Nothin’ much,’ says he.

“‘But what _for?_’ says I.

“‘Well,’ says he, ‘I wants it.’

“‘An’ ’tis on a side-hill,’ says I. ‘If the dunderheads doesn’t dig with
care, you’ll find yourself with your feet higher’n your head.’

“‘Well,’ says he, ‘I wants it.’

“‘You isn’t got no friends in this neighborhood,’ says I; ‘they’re all
put away on the north side. An’ the sun,’ says I, ‘doesn’t strike here
last.’

“‘I wants it,’ says he.

“‘What for?’ says I.

“‘Nothin’ much,’ says he; ‘but I wants it.’

“‘But what for?’ says I.

“‘Well,’ says he, in a temper, ‘I got a _hankerin’_ for it!’

“‘Then, Uncle Bill,’ says I, for it made me sad,’ I wouldn’t mind them
little graves. They’re poor wee things,’ says I, ‘an’ they wouldn’t
disturb your rest.’

“‘Hush!’ says he. ‘Don’t—_don’t_ say that!’

“‘Graves o’ children,’ says I.

“‘Don’t say no more, Tumm,’ says he.

“‘Jus’ on’y poor little kids,’ says I.

“‘Stop!’ says he. ‘Doesn’t you see I’m cryin’?’

“Then up come Tom Neverbudge. ‘Look you, Bill Hulk!’ says he, ‘you can
take that plot or leave it. I’ll knock off seventy-five cents on account
o’ the risk you take in them children. Come now!’ says he; ‘you take it
or leave it.’

“‘Twenty-one fifty,’ says Bill. ‘That’s a raise o’ fifty, Tom.’

“‘Then,’ says Tom, ‘I’ll use that plot meself.’

“Bill Hulk jumped. ‘You!’ says he. ‘Nothin’ gone wrong along o’ you, is
they, Tom?’

“‘Not yet,’ says Tom; ‘but they might.’

“‘No chill,’ says Bill, ‘an’ no fever? No ache in your back, is they,
Tom?’

“‘Nar a ache.’

“‘An’ you isn’t give up the Labrador?’

“‘Not me!’

“‘Oh, well,’ says Bill, feelin’ easy again, ‘I ’low _you_ won’t never
need no graveyard.’

“Tom Neverbudge up canvas an’ went off afore the wind in a wonderful
temper; an’ then ol’ Bill Hulk an’ me took the homeward road. I
remembers the day quite well—the low, warm sun, the long shadows, the
fresh youth an’ green o’ leaves an’ grass, the tinkle o’ bells on the
hills, the reaches o’ sea, the peace o’ weather an’ Sabbath day. I
remembers it well: the wheeze an’ groan o’ ol’ Bill—crawlin’ home, sunk
deep in the thought o’ graves—an’ the tender, bedtime twitter o’ the
new-mated birds in the alders. When we rounded Fish Head Rock—’tis
half-way from the graveyard—I seed a lad an’ a maid flit back from the
path t’ hide whilst we crep’ by; an’ they was a laugh on the lad’s lips,
an’ a smile an’ a sweet blush on the maid’s young face, as maids will
blush an’ lads will laugh when love lifts un high. ’Twas at that spot I
cotched ear of a sound I knowed quite well, havin’ made it meself, thank
God! many a time an’ gladly.

“Bill Hulk stopped dead in the path. ‘What’s that?’ says he.

“‘Is you not knowin’?’ says I.

“‘I’ve heared it afore,’ says he, ‘somewheres.’

“Twas a kiss,’ says I.

“‘Tumm,’ says he, in a sort o’ scared whisper, ‘_is they at that yet in
the world?_’

“‘Jus’ as they used t’ be,’ says I, ‘when you was young.’

“‘Well,’ says he, ‘jig _me!_’

“Then I knowed, somehow, jus’ how old ol’ Bill Hulk must be.

“Well, thereafter,” Tumm continued, with a sigh and a genial little
smile, “they come lean years an’ they come fat ones, as always, by the
mystery o’ God. Ol’ Bill Hulk drove along afore the wind, with his last
rags o’ sail all spread, his fortune lean or fat as the Lord’s own
seasons ’lowed. He’d fall behind or crawl ahead jus’ accordin’ t’ the
way a careful hand might divide fish by hunger; but I ’lowed, by an’
all, he was overhaulin’ Tom Neverbudge’s twenty-three twenty-five, an’
would surely make it if the wind held true a few years longer. ‘Twelve
thirty more, Tumm,’ says he, ‘an’ if ’twasn’t for the pork I might
manage it this season. The longer you lives, Tumm,’ says he, ‘the more
expensive it gets. Cost me four fifty las’ season for Dr. Hook’s
Surecure Egyptian Lumbago Oil, an’ one fifty, Tumm, for a pair o’ green
glasses t’ fend off blindness from the aged. An’ I jus’ got t’ have pork
t’ keep my ol’ bones warm. I don’t _want_ no pork,’ says he; ‘but they
isn’t no heat in flour, an’, anyhow, I got t’ build my shoulder muscles
up. You take a ol’ hulk like mine,’ says he, ‘an’ you’ll find it a
wonderful expensive craft t’ keep in sailin’ order.’

“‘You stick t’ pork,’ says I.

“‘I was thinkin’,’ says he, ‘o’ makin’ a small investment in a few
bottles o’ Hook’s Vigor. Clerk o’ the _Free for All_,’ says he, ‘’lows
’tis a wonderful nostrum t’ make the old feel young.’

“‘You stick t’ pork,’ says I, ‘an’ be damned t’ the clerk o’ the _Free
for All_.’

“‘Maybe I better,’ says he, ‘an’ build up my shoulders. They jus’ _got_
t’ be humored.’

“Ol’ Bill Hulk always ’lowed that if by God’s chance they’d on’y come a
fair fishin’ season afore his shoulders give out he’d make a
self-respectin’ haul an’ be through. ‘Back give out about thirteen year
ago,’ says he, ‘the time I got cotched by a dirty nor’easter on the
Bull’s Horn grounds. One o’ them strings back there sort o’ went an’
snapped,’ says he, ‘jus’ as I was pullin’ in the Tickle, an’ she isn’t
been o’ much use t’ me since. Been rowin’ with my shoulders for a little
bit past,’ says he, ‘an’ doin’ very fair in southerly weather; but I got
a saucy warnin’,’ says he, ‘that they won’t stand nothin’ from the
nor’east. “No, sir,” says they; “nothin’ from the nor’east for we, Bill
Hulk, an’ don’t you put us to it!” I’m jus’ a bit afeared,’ says he,
‘that they might get out o’ temper in a southerly tumble; an’ if they
done that, why, I’d jus’ have t’ stop, dear Lord!’ says he, ‘’ithout
bein’ through! Isn’t got no legs t’ speak of,’ says he, ‘but I don’t
need none. I got my arms runnin’ free,’ says he,’ an’ I got one thumb
an’ all my fishin’ fingers ’ceptin’ two. Lungs,’ says he, ‘is so-so;
they wheezes, Tumm, as you knows, an’ they labors in a fog, an’ aches
all the time, but chances is they’ll _last_, an’ a fair man can’t ask no
more. As for liver, Tumm,’ says he, ‘they isn’t a liver on these here
coasts t’ touch the liver I got. Why,’ says he, ‘I never knowed I had
one till I was told!’

“‘Liver,’ says I, ‘is a ticklish business.’

“‘’Lowin’ a man didn’t overeat,’ says he, ‘think he could spurt along
for a spell on his liver?’

“‘I does,’ says I.

“‘That’s good,’ says he; ‘for I’m countin’ a deal on she.’

“‘Never you fear,’ says I. ‘_She’ll_ stand you.’

“‘Think she will?’ says he, jus’ like a child. ‘Maybe, then,’ says he,
‘with my own labor, Tumm, I’ll buy my own grave at last!’

“But the season bore hard on the ol’ man, an’ when I balanced un up in
the fall o’ the year, the twelve thirty he’d been t’ leeward o’ the
twenty-three twenty-five Tom Neverbudge wanted for the plot where the
two little graves lay side by side had growed t’ fifteen ninety-three.

“‘Jus’ where I was nine year ago,’ says he, ‘lackin’ thirty-four cents.’

“‘Never you fear,’ says I

“‘My God! Tumm,’ says he, ‘I got t’ do better nex’ season.’”

Tumm paused to gaze at the stars.

“Still there,” I ventured.

“Winkin’ away,” he answered, “the wise little beggars!”

The _Good Samaritan_ dawdled onward.

“Well, now, sir,” Tumm continued, “winter tumbled down on Gingerbread
Cove, thick an’ heavy, with nor’east gales an’ mountains o’ snow; but
ol’ Bill Hulk weathered it out on his own hook, an’ by March o’ that
season, I’m told, had got so far along with his shoulder muscles that he
went swilin’ [sealing] with the Gingerbread men at the first offshore
sign. ’Twas a big pack, four mile out on the floe, with rough ice, a
drear gray day, an’ the wind in a nasty temper. He done very well, I’m
told, what with the legs he had, an’ was hard at it when the wind
changed to a westerly gale an’ drove the ice t’ sea. They wasn’t no hope
for Bill, with four mile o’ ice atween him an’ the shore, an’ every
chunk an’ pan o’ the floe in a mad hurry under the wind: _they_ knowed
it an’ _he_ knowed it. ‘Lads,’ says he, ‘you jus’ run along home or
you’ll miss your supper. As for me,’ says he, ‘why, I’ll jus’ keep on
swilin’. Might as well make a haul,’ says he, ‘whatever comes of it.’
The last they seed o’ Bill, I’m told, he was still hard at it, gettin’
his swiles on a likely pan; an’ they all come safe t’ land, every man o’
them, ’ceptin’ two young fellers, I’m told, which was lost in a jam off
the Madman’s Head. Wind blowed westerly all that night, I’m told, but
fell jus’ after dawn; an’ then they nosed poor ol’ Bill out o’ the floe,
where they found un buried t’ the neck in his own dead swiles, for the
warmth of the life they’d had, but hard put to it t’ keep the spark
alight in his own chilled breast.

“‘Maybe I’m through,’ says he, when they’d got un ashore; ‘but I’ll hang
on so long as I’m able.’

“‘Uncle Billy,’ says they, ‘you’re good for twenty year yet.’

“‘No tellin’,’ says he.

“‘Oh, sure!’ says they; ‘you’ll do it.’

“‘Anyhow,’ says he, ‘now that you’ve fetched me t’ _land_,’ says he, ‘I
got t’ hang on till the _Quick as Wink_ comes in.’

“‘What for?’ says they.

“‘Nothin’ much,’ says he; ‘but I jus’ got to.’

“‘You go t’ bed,’ says they, ‘an’ we’ll stow them swile in the stage.’

“‘I’ll lie down an’ warm up,’ says he, ‘an’ rest for a spell. Jus’ a
little spurt,’ says he, ‘jus’ a little spurt—o’ rest.’

“‘You’ve made a wonderful haul,’ says they.

“‘At last!’ says he.

“‘Rest easy,’ says they, ‘as t’ that.’

“’Twas the women that put un t’ bed.

“‘Seems t’ me,’ says he, ‘that the frost has bit my heart.’

“So ol’ Bill Hulk was flat on his back when I made Gingerbread Cove with
supplies in the first o’ that season—anchored there in bed, sir, at
last, with no mortal hope o’ makin’ the open sea again. Lord! how white
an’ withered an’ cold he was! From what a far-off place in age an’ pain
an’ weariness he looked back at me!

“‘I been waitin’, Tumm,’ says he. ‘Does you hear?’

“I bent close t’ hear.

“‘I’m in a hurry,’ says he. ‘Isn’t got no chance t’ pass the time o’
day. Does you hear?’

“‘Ay,’ says I.

“‘I got hopes,’ says he. ‘Tom Neverbudge haves come down t’ twenty-two
seventy-five. You’ll find a old sock in the corner locker, Tumm,’ says
he, ‘with my fortune in the toe. Pass un here. An’ hurry, Tumm, hurry,
for I isn’t got much of a grip left! Now, Tumm,’ says he, ‘measure the
swile oil in the stage an’ balance me up for the las’ time.’

“‘How much you got in that sock?’ says I.

“‘Nothin’ much,’ says he. ‘Jus’ a little left over.’

“‘But _how_ much?’

“‘I’m not wantin’ t’ tell,’ says he, ‘lest you cheat me with kindness.
I’d have you treat me as a man, come what will.’

“‘So help me God! then, Bill Hulk,’ says I, ‘I’ll strike that balance
fair.’

“‘Tumm!’ he called.

“I turned in the door.

“‘Oh, make haste!’ says he.

“I measured the swile oil, neither givin’ nor takin’ a drop, an’ I
boarded the _Quick as Wink_, where I struck ol’ Bill Hulk’s las’
balance, fair t’ the penny, as atween a man an’ a man. Ah! but ’twas
hard, sir, t’ add no copper t’ the mean small total that faced me from
the page: for the fortune in the toe o’ Bill Hulk’s ol’ sock was light
enough, God knows! when I passed un over.

“‘Tumm,’ says he, ‘is it a honest balance?’

“‘It is,’ says I.

“‘Wait a minute!’ says he. ‘Jus’ a minute afore you tells me. I isn’t
quite ready.’

“I watched the sun drop into the sea while I waited.

“‘Now,’ says he, ‘tell me quick!’

“‘Nine eighty-three,’ says I.

“’Add t’ that,’ says he, ‘the twelve ninety-three in the sock. Quick,
Tumm!’ says he.

“I scribbled it out.

“‘Wait!’ says he. ‘Just a minute, Tumm, till I gets a better grip.’

“I seed ’twas growin’ quite gray in the west.

“‘Now!’ says he.

“‘Uncle Billy,’ roars I, ‘tis twenty-two seventy-six!’

“‘Send for Tom Neverbudge!’ cries he: ‘for I done it—thank God, I done
it!’

“I fetched Tom Neverbudge with me own hands t’ trade that grave for the
fortune o’ ol’ Bill Hulk,” Tumm proceeded, “an’ I seed for meself, as
atween a party o’ the first part an’ a party o’ the second, that ’twas
all aboveboard an’ ship-shape, makin’ what haste I was able, for Bill
Hulk’s anchor chain showed fearful signs o’ givin’ out.

“‘Is it done?’ says he.

“‘All fast,’ says I.

“‘A plot an’ a penny left over!’ says he.

“‘A plot an’ a penny,’ says I.

“‘Tumm,’ says he, with a little smile, ‘I needs the plot, but _you_ take
the penny. ’Tis sort o’ surprisin’,’ says he, ‘an’ wonderful nice, too,
t’ be able t’ make a bequest. I’d like t’ do it, Tumm,’ says he, ‘jus’
for the feel of it, if you don’t mind the size.’

“I ’lowed I’d take it an’ be glad.

“‘Look you! Bill Hulk,’ says Neverbudge, ‘if them graves is goin’ t’
trouble you, I’ll move un an’ pay the cost o’ labor. There, now!’ says
he; ‘that’s kind enough.’

“Bill Hulk got up on his elbow. ‘_What_’ll you do along o’ my plot?’
says he.

“‘Move them graves,’ says Neverbudge.

“‘You leave my plot be, Tom Neverbudge!’ says Bill. ‘What you think I
been wantin’ t’ lie in that plot for, anyhow?’

“Tom Neverbudge ’lowed he didn’t know.

“‘Why,’ says ol’ Bill Hulk, ‘jus’ t’ lie alongside them poor lonely
little kids!’

“I let un fall back on the pillow.

“‘I’m through, Tumm,’ says he, ‘an’ I ’low I’ll quit.’

“Straightway he quit....”

                   *       *       *       *       *

Wind astern, moonlight and mist upon the sea, a serene and tender sky,
with a multitude of stars benignantly peeping from its mystery: and the
_Good Samaritan_ dawdled on, wing and wing to the breeze, bound across
from Sinners’ Tickle to Afterward Bight, there to deal for the first of
the catch. Tumm looked up to the sky. He was smiling in a gentle,
wistful way. A little psa’m from his Bible? Again I wondered concerning
the lesson. “Wink away,” said he, “you little beggars! Wink away—wink
away! You been lookin’ at this damned thing so long that no wonder you
winks. Wink away! I’m glad you’ve the heart t’ do it. I’m not troubled
by fears when you winks down, you’re so wonderful wiser’n we. Wink on,
you knowin’ little beggars!”

This, then, it seemed, was the lesson.

                                THE END





*** End of this Doctrine Publishing Corporation Digital Book "Every Man for Himself" ***

Doctrine Publishing Corporation provides digitized public domain materials.
Public domain books belong to the public and we are merely their custodians.
This effort is time consuming and expensive, so in order to keep providing
this resource, we have taken steps to prevent abuse by commercial parties,
including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.

We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Doctrine Publishing
Corporation's ISYS search for use by individuals, and we request that you
use these files for personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort
to Doctrine Publishing's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a
large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the use of
public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Keep it legal -  Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for
ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just because
we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States,
that the work is also in the public domain for users in other countries.
Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we
can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of any specific book is
allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Doctrine Publishing
ISYS search  means it can be used in any manner anywhere in the world.
Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About ISYS® Search Software
Established in 1988, ISYS Search Software is a global supplier of enterprise
search solutions for business and government.  The company's award-winning
software suite offers a broad range of search, navigation and discovery
solutions for desktop search, intranet search, SharePoint search and embedded
search applications.  ISYS has been deployed by thousands of organizations
operating in a variety of industries, including government, legal, law
enforcement, financial services, healthcare and recruitment.



Home